US20100292289A1 - Treatment of metabolic syndrome with novel amides - Google Patents
Treatment of metabolic syndrome with novel amides Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20100292289A1 US20100292289A1 US12/745,339 US74533908A US2010292289A1 US 20100292289 A1 US20100292289 A1 US 20100292289A1 US 74533908 A US74533908 A US 74533908A US 2010292289 A1 US2010292289 A1 US 2010292289A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- optionally substituted
- lower alkyl
- hydrogen
- compound
- independently represent
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 208000001145 Metabolic Syndrome Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 52
- 201000000690 abdominal obesity-metabolic syndrome Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 51
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 title abstract description 36
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 title description 9
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 322
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 269
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 269
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 251
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 144
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 128
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 103
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 78
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 77
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 75
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 75
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 74
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 73
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 73
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 73
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 71
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 70
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 69
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 69
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 68
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 68
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 68
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 67
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 67
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 66
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 claims description 66
- 125000003441 thioacyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 65
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 claims description 56
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 54
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 53
- 208000008589 Obesity Diseases 0.000 claims description 43
- 235000020824 obesity Nutrition 0.000 claims description 43
- -1 N-methyl-N-benzylamino Chemical group 0.000 claims description 32
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 31
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 30
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 30
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 25
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 claims description 22
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 claims description 20
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 16
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 15
- 208000031226 Hyperlipidaemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 claims description 13
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydropyridine hydrochloride Natural products C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000004415 heterocyclylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000005884 carbocyclylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 4
- LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N teixobactin Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H]1C(N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C[C@@H]2NC(=N)NC2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)O[C@H]1C)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000003053 piperidines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims 23
- 208000030159 metabolic disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 2
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 93
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 56
- 0 *C([2*])(CC(C)O[Y])N([1*])C(=O)C([43*])([44*])OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=C([5*])C([5*])=C([7*])C([8*])=C2[9*])C=C1.CC Chemical compound *C([2*])(CC(C)O[Y])N([1*])C(=O)C([43*])([44*])OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=C([5*])C([5*])=C([7*])C([8*])=C2[9*])C=C1.CC 0.000 description 53
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 48
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 40
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 34
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 32
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 30
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 28
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 28
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 24
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 21
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 20
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical class CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 19
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 19
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 18
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 17
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 17
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 17
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 17
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 16
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 14
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 14
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 14
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 13
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 208000020401 Depressive disease Diseases 0.000 description 12
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 12
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 12
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 12
- WIQRCHMSJFFONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N norfluoxetine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(CCN)OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1 WIQRCHMSJFFONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 11
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 11
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 208000024714 major depressive disease Diseases 0.000 description 11
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 11
- 208000001072 type 2 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 11
- 102000003688 G-Protein-Coupled Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108090000045 G-Protein-Coupled Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 10
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 10
- XZWYZXLIPXDOLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N metformin Chemical compound CN(C)C(=N)NC(N)=N XZWYZXLIPXDOLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229960003105 metformin Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 10
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 9
- LVZWSLJZHVFIQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopropane Chemical compound C1CC1 LVZWSLJZHVFIQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 206010022489 Insulin Resistance Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 8
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 8
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 8
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Substances C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 7
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 206010033307 Overweight Diseases 0.000 description 6
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 6
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000004703 alkoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000002510 pyrogen Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 5
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 5
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 5
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 201000003104 endogenous depression Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 5
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N monobenzene Natural products C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011369 resultant mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicic acid Chemical compound O[Si](O)(O)O RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 5
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 4
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N Deuterated methanol Chemical compound [2H]OC([2H])([2H])[2H] OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 4
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 4
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 208000024732 dysthymic disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 4
- CGIGDMFJXJATDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indomethacin Chemical compound CC1=C(CC(O)=O)C2=CC(OC)=CC=C2N1C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 CGIGDMFJXJATDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 4
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 4
- QLNJFJADRCOGBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N propionamide Chemical compound CCC(N)=O QLNJFJADRCOGBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 4
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000004580 weight loss Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical group CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 101710187010 Cannabinoid receptor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100033868 Cannabinoid receptor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000031773 Insulin resistance syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 3
- 208000017170 Lipid metabolism disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102100040918 Pro-glucagon Human genes 0.000 description 3
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 208000028552 Treatment-Resistant Depressive disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 210000000577 adipose tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000012216 bentonite Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- COSNQDOAYLIOJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-2-amine Chemical compound C[CH]C(C)N COSNQDOAYLIOJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004452 carbocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 description 3
- MQOBSOSZFYZQOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N fenofibric acid Chemical compound C1=CC(OC(C)(C)C(O)=O)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 MQOBSOSZFYZQOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000019622 heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002483 medication Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- QULYNCCPRWKEMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N parachlorobenzotrifluoride Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 QULYNCCPRWKEMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 3
- ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphinate Chemical compound [O-][PH2]=O ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical compound [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- LFGREXWGYUGZLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoryl Chemical group [P]=O LFGREXWGYUGZLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- TZIRZGBAFTZREM-MKAGXXMWSA-N pramlintide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN)CSSC1)[C@@H](C)O)C(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 TZIRZGBAFTZREM-MKAGXXMWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 3
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 3
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-WPRPVWTQSA-N (-)-ephedrine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-WPRPVWTQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PHIYHIOQVWTXII-SECBINFHSA-N (1r)-3-amino-1-phenylpropan-1-ol Chemical compound NCC[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PHIYHIOQVWTXII-SECBINFHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CELVZQVZKDEMBP-SNVBAGLBSA-N (1r)-3-amino-3-methyl-1-phenylbutan-1-ol Chemical compound CC(C)(N)C[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 CELVZQVZKDEMBP-SNVBAGLBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N (2r,3r,4s)-2-[(1r)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HILDHWAXSORHRZ-SECBINFHSA-N (3r)-3-hydroxy-3-phenylpropanenitrile Chemical compound N#CC[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HILDHWAXSORHRZ-SECBINFHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WIQRCHMSJFFONW-OAHLLOKOSA-N (3r)-3-phenyl-3-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]propan-1-amine Chemical compound O([C@H](CCN)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1 WIQRCHMSJFFONW-OAHLLOKOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JPUWQLAMPDHXMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-nitrophenyl) 2-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)phenoxy]-2-methylpropanoate Chemical compound C=1C=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=CC=1OC(=O)C(C)(C)OC(C=C1)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 JPUWQLAMPDHXMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XUTCTWXGXGAHHU-MRXNPFEDSA-N (4r)-2-methyl-4-phenyl-4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]butan-2-amine Chemical compound O([C@H](CC(C)(N)C)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1 XUTCTWXGXGAHHU-MRXNPFEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RTHCYVBBDHJXIQ-MRXNPFEDSA-N (R)-fluoxetine Chemical compound O([C@H](CCNC)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1 RTHCYVBBDHJXIQ-MRXNPFEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CMYSYFXOFMWQIA-PLFFATQSSA-N (z)-1-phenyl-3-[[(1s)-1-phenylethyl]amino]but-2-en-1-one Chemical compound N([C@@H](C)C=1C=CC=CC=1)\C(C)=C/C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 CMYSYFXOFMWQIA-PLFFATQSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHQLKHXNVZPGLV-SSEXGKCCSA-N 2-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)phenoxy]-2-methyl-n-[(4r)-2-methyl-4-phenyl-4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]butan-2-yl]propanamide Chemical compound O([C@H](CC(C)(C)NC(=O)C(C)(C)OC=1C=CC(=CC=1)C(=O)C=1C=CC(Cl)=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1 DHQLKHXNVZPGLV-SSEXGKCCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YEDUAINPPJYDJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxybenzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC(O)=NC2=C1 YEDUAINPPJYDJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BWLBGMIXKSTLSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyisobutyric acid Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(O)=O BWLBGMIXKSTLSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PCWVJEZSCNZHPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-amino-3-methyl-1-phenylbutan-1-one Chemical compound CC(C)(N)CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PCWVJEZSCNZHPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NJBIFWYYVPRRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methyl-3-nitro-1-phenylbutan-1-one Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C(C)(C)CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 NJBIFWYYVPRRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000004611 Abdominal Obesity Diseases 0.000 description 2
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aniline Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1 PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004322 Butylated hydroxytoluene Substances 0.000 description 2
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PVKAEMZTJISIHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C(=O)NCCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)=C1.N Chemical compound CC(C(=O)NCCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)=C1.N PVKAEMZTJISIHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ANLQXMYLKWYXMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)NCCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)NCCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 ANLQXMYLKWYXMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GQMYUCPHLLKLEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)C(=O)NCCC(OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)C(=O)NCCC(OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1 GQMYUCPHLLKLEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 208000020446 Cardiac disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000024172 Cardiovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010065941 Central obesity Diseases 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010053567 Coagulopathies Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000032928 Dyslipidaemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HTQBXNHDCUEHJF-XWLPCZSASA-N Exenatide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1NC=NC=1)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 HTQBXNHDCUEHJF-XWLPCZSASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010011459 Exenatide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710198884 GATA-type zinc finger protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000206672 Gelidium Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010023302 HDL Cholesterol Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010010234 HDL Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ibuprofen Chemical compound CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=C1 HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005909 Kieselgur Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 208000019022 Mood disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 2
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KLIPTRYZWHHOPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N.O=C(C1=CC=CC=C1)/C1=C/C=C2/C(C(=O)NCCC(OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)CCN12 Chemical compound N.O=C(C1=CC=CC=C1)/C1=C/C=C2/C(C(=O)NCCC(OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)CCN12 KLIPTRYZWHHOPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propane Chemical compound CCC ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZTHYODDOHIVTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propyl gallate Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 ZTHYODDOHIVTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000007536 Thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 150000001409 amidines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002820 assay format Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011914 asymmetric synthesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 2
- 239000000440 bentonite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000278 bentonite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bentoquatam Chemical compound O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HTKKBWIOUXGPQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl 2-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl)phenoxy]-2-methylpropanoate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1COC(=O)C(C)(C)OC(C=C1)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 HTKKBWIOUXGPQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KLUBEEQODOBJQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanoate Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 KLUBEEQODOBJQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SESFRYSPDFLNCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl benzoate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 SESFRYSPDFLNCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002988 biodegradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004621 biodegradable polymer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036772 blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010354 butylated hydroxytoluene Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940095259 butylated hydroxytoluene Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000013877 carbamide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012876 carrier material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000013068 control sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 2
- KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N d-ephedrine Natural products CNC(C)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003001 depressive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009795 derivation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008298 dragée Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002330 electrospray ionisation mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl laurate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960001519 exenatide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- YMTINGFKWWXKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N fenofibrate Chemical compound C1=CC(OC(C)(C)C(=O)OC(C)C)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 YMTINGFKWWXKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002297 fenofibrate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002464 fluoxetine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001680 ibuprofen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229960000905 indomethacin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 2
- DKYWVDODHFEZIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ketoprofen Chemical compound OC(=O)C(C)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 DKYWVDODHFEZIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000991 ketoprofen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- OZWKMVRBQXNZKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N ketorolac Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCN2C1=CC=C2C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OZWKMVRBQXNZKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004752 ketorolac Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229920006008 lipopolysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000008297 liquid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- AWIJRPNMLHPLNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanethioic s-acid Chemical compound SC=O AWIJRPNMLHPLNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004530 micro-emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 2
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000002895 organic esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- KJIFKLIQANRMOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxidanium;4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound O.CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 KJIFKLIQANRMOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002304 perfume Substances 0.000 description 2
- YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHHVAGZRUROJKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N phentermine Chemical compound CC(C)(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 DHHVAGZRUROJKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003611 pramlintide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 108010029667 pramlintide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000000135 prohibitive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000664 rectum Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium sulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])=O GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003093 somatogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- DUYAAUVXQSMXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-M thioacetate Chemical compound CC([S-])=O DUYAAUVXQSMXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000002813 thiocarbonyl group Chemical group *C(*)=S 0.000 description 2
- UFTFJSFQGQCHQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N triformin Chemical compound O=COCC(OC=O)COC=O UFTFJSFQGQCHQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000825 ultraviolet detection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003672 ureas Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000004584 weight gain Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019786 weight gain Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- QIJRTFXNRTXDIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N (1-carboxy-2-sulfanylethyl)azanium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.Cl.SCC(N)C(O)=O QIJRTFXNRTXDIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RQEUFEKYXDPUSK-ZETCQYMHSA-N (1S)-1-phenylethanamine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C1=CC=CC=C1 RQEUFEKYXDPUSK-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IRZOOZVKGLADMX-PSASIEDQSA-N (1r,3r)-3-amino-1-phenylbutan-1-ol Chemical compound C[C@@H](N)C[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IRZOOZVKGLADMX-PSASIEDQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUFXOAAUWZOOIT-SXARVLRPSA-N (2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-5-[[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-5-[[(2R,3R,4S,5S,6R)-3,4-dihydroxy-6-methyl-5-[[(1S,4R,5S,6S)-4,5,6-trihydroxy-3-(hydroxymethyl)-1-cyclohex-2-enyl]amino]-2-oxanyl]oxy]-3,4-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-oxanyl]oxy]-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxane-2,3,4-triol Chemical compound O([C@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1O)O)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H](O)[C@H]1O)N[C@@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C(CO)=C1)O)C)[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O XUFXOAAUWZOOIT-SXARVLRPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SHAHPWSYJFYMRX-GDLCADMTSA-N (2S)-2-(4-{[(1R,2S)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl]methyl}phenyl)propanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC([C@@H](C(O)=O)C)=CC=C1C[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)CCC1 SHAHPWSYJFYMRX-GDLCADMTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GHYOCDFICYLMRF-UTIIJYGPSA-N (2S,3R)-N-[(2S)-3-(cyclopenten-1-yl)-1-[(2R)-2-methyloxiran-2-yl]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]-3-hydroxy-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-[[(2S)-2-[(2-morpholin-4-ylacetyl)amino]propanoyl]amino]propanamide Chemical compound C1(=CCCC1)C[C@@H](C(=O)[C@@]1(OC1)C)NC([C@H]([C@@H](C1=CC=C(C=C1)OC)O)NC([C@H](C)NC(CN1CCOCC1)=O)=O)=O GHYOCDFICYLMRF-UTIIJYGPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMKAFJQFKBASMU-KRWDZBQOSA-N (3as)-1-methyl-3,3-diphenyl-3a,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrrolo[1,2-c][1,3,2]oxazaborole Chemical compound C([C@H]12)CCN1B(C)OC2(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 VMKAFJQFKBASMU-KRWDZBQOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUETVLNXAGWCDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-chlorophenyl)-(4-hydroxyphenyl)methanone Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 RUETVLNXAGWCDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VUDZSIYXZUYWSC-DBRKOABJSA-N (4r)-1-[(2r,4r,5r)-3,3-difluoro-4-hydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-4-hydroxy-1,3-diazinan-2-one Chemical compound FC1(F)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)N[C@H](O)CC1 VUDZSIYXZUYWSC-DBRKOABJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VIMMECPCYZXUCI-MIMFYIINSA-N (4s,6r)-6-[(1e)-4,4-bis(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(1-methyltetrazol-5-yl)buta-1,3-dienyl]-4-hydroxyoxan-2-one Chemical compound CN1N=NN=C1C(\C=C\[C@@H]1OC(=O)C[C@@H](O)C1)=C(C=1C=CC(F)=CC=1)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 VIMMECPCYZXUCI-MIMFYIINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N (R)-alpha-Tocopherol Natural products OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2O[C@@](CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWTSXDURSIMDCE-QMMMGPOBSA-N (S)-amphetamine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 KWTSXDURSIMDCE-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IGVKWAAPMVVTFX-BUHFOSPRSA-N (e)-octadec-5-en-7,9-diynoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC#CC#C\C=C\CCCC(O)=O IGVKWAAPMVVTFX-BUHFOSPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940058015 1,3-butylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GONOHGQPZFXJOJ-SNVBAGLBSA-N 1-[(1r)-1-isocyanatoethyl]naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C([C@H](N=C=O)C)=CC=CC2=C1 GONOHGQPZFXJOJ-SNVBAGLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004206 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JNODDICFTDYODH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxytetrahydrofuran Chemical compound OC1CCCO1 JNODDICFTDYODH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FGLBSLMDCBOPQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-nitropropane Chemical compound CC(C)[N+]([O-])=O FGLBSLMDCBOPQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- GVIYUKXRXPXMQM-BPXGDYAESA-N 221231-10-3 Chemical compound C([C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]1C(N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC1)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(O)=O)C(C)C)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 GVIYUKXRXPXMQM-BPXGDYAESA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SWLAMJPTOQZTAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[2-[(5-chloro-2-methoxybenzoyl)amino]ethyl]benzoic acid Chemical class COC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1C(=O)NCCC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 SWLAMJPTOQZTAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxybenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BTJIUGUIPKRLHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-nitrophenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 BTJIUGUIPKRLHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KUZSBKJSGSKPJH-VXGBXAGGSA-N 5-[(9R)-6-[(3R)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yl]-11-oxa-1,3,5-triazatricyclo[7.4.0.02,7]trideca-2,4,6-trien-4-yl]pyrazin-2-amine Chemical compound C[C@@H]1COCCN1c1nc(nc2N3CCOC[C@H]3Cc12)-c1cnc(N)cn1 KUZSBKJSGSKPJH-VXGBXAGGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010070305 AOD 9604 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940077274 Alpha glucosidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 235000003276 Apios tuberosa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000105624 Arachis hypogaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010777 Arachis hypogaea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010744 Arachis villosulicarpa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aspirin Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000020925 Bipolar disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010074051 C-Reactive Protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VYOXAAKCJIPNBI-ROVVICBGSA-N C.C.C/C(=C/C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1)N[C@@H](C)C1=CC=CC=C1.CC(=O)CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1.CO.C[C@@H](C[C@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1)N[C@@H](C)C1=CC=CC=C1.C[C@@H](N)C[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1.C[C@H](N)C1=CC=CC=C1.C[C@H](N)C[C@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1.C[C@H](N[C@H](C)C[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.FC(F)(F)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1.S.S.S.S.S.S.S.S Chemical compound C.C.C/C(=C/C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1)N[C@@H](C)C1=CC=CC=C1.CC(=O)CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1.CO.C[C@@H](C[C@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1)N[C@@H](C)C1=CC=CC=C1.C[C@@H](N)C[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1.C[C@H](N)C1=CC=CC=C1.C[C@H](N)C[C@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1.C[C@H](N[C@H](C)C[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.FC(F)(F)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1.S.S.S.S.S.S.S.S VYOXAAKCJIPNBI-ROVVICBGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFFBFNHRHSIDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.CN(CC1=CC=CC=C1)C1CCN(C(C)(C)C)CC1 Chemical compound C.CN(CC1=CC=CC=C1)C1CCN(C(C)(C)C)CC1 FFFBFNHRHSIDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QZPAKLQHQYTECD-SYXKTQFYSA-N C1CCOC1.CC(C)(OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)OC1=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C=C1.[H]N(CC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)C(C)(C)OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound C1CCOC1.CC(C)(OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)OC1=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C=C1.[H]N(CC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)C(C)(C)OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1 QZPAKLQHQYTECD-SYXKTQFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYTYDDPQZRHZLY-UINJDWLPSA-N C1CCOC1.C[C@@H](N)C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C[C@H](N)C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.S.S.S.S.[H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1)[C@@H](C)C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.[H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1)[C@H](C)C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound C1CCOC1.C[C@@H](N)C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C[C@H](N)C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.S.S.S.S.[H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1)[C@@H](C)C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.[H]N(C(=O)C(C)(C)OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1)[C@H](C)C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 FYTYDDPQZRHZLY-UINJDWLPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MODDTMOIJWVNSD-ISYRLNBISA-N C=C(O[Si](C)(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1.CC(C)(CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1)[N+](=O)[O-].CC(C)(C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)NC(=O)C(C)(C)OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)(N)CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1.CC(C)(N)C[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1.CC(C)(N)C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.CC(C)[N+](=O)[O-].FC(F)(F)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1.[H][C@@]12CCCN1B(C)OC2(C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound C=C(O[Si](C)(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1.CC(C)(CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1)[N+](=O)[O-].CC(C)(C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)NC(=O)C(C)(C)OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)(N)CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1.CC(C)(N)C[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1.CC(C)(N)C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.CC(C)[N+](=O)[O-].FC(F)(F)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1.[H][C@@]12CCCN1B(C)OC2(C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 MODDTMOIJWVNSD-ISYRLNBISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000009132 CB1 Cannabinoid Receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- CSNALJKUDVFEOS-DNNLEOQPSA-N CC(C(=O)N(C)CCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(CN(C)C)C=C1.CC(C(=O)N(C)CCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(CN2CCCC2)C=C1.CC(C(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(CN(C)C)C=C1.CC(C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(CN(C)C)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C(=O)N(C)CCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(CN(C)C)C=C1.CC(C(=O)N(C)CCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(CN2CCCC2)C=C1.CC(C(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(CN(C)C)C=C1.CC(C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(CN(C)C)C=C1 CSNALJKUDVFEOS-DNNLEOQPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PBQWZBDERHKFCK-BPXGWBQSSA-N CC(C(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1.CC(C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C(CC(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C(CC(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.C[C@@H](C(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1.CC(C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C(CC(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C(CC(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.C[C@@H](C(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1 PBQWZBDERHKFCK-BPXGWBQSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AMLCKDBAQKURCN-FRYMVVORSA-N CC(C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(CC2CCCC2=O)C=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C2(C(=O)N(C)CCC(OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)CCC2)C=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C2(C(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)CCC2)C=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C2(C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)CCC2)C=C1.CN(CCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)C1(C2=CC=C(CC3CCCC3=O)C=C2)CCC1 Chemical compound CC(C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(CC2CCCC2=O)C=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C2(C(=O)N(C)CCC(OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)CCC2)C=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C2(C(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)CCC2)C=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C2(C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)CCC2)C=C1.CN(CCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)C1(C2=CC=C(CC3CCCC3=O)C=C2)CCC1 AMLCKDBAQKURCN-FRYMVVORSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XFYBEDNATCDCCA-JFHKUKGMSA-N CC(C)(C(N(C)CC[C@H](c1ccccc1)Oc1ccc(C(F)(F)F)cc1)=O)Oc1ccc(C2OC2c(cc2)ccc2Cl)cc1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C(N(C)CC[C@H](c1ccccc1)Oc1ccc(C(F)(F)F)cc1)=O)Oc1ccc(C2OC2c(cc2)ccc2Cl)cc1 XFYBEDNATCDCCA-JFHKUKGMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PVFHSRCCQBSVSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)COC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1Cl.CC(C)(C)COC1=CC=CC=C1Cl.CC1=CC=C(OCC(C)(C)C)C=C1.CC1=CC=CC=C1OCC(C)(C)C Chemical compound CC(C)(C)COC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1Cl.CC(C)(C)COC1=CC=CC=C1Cl.CC1=CC=C(OCC(C)(C)C)C=C1.CC1=CC=CC=C1OCC(C)(C)C PVFHSRCCQBSVSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PUVQMHQISHLMFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)COc(cccc1Cl)c1Cl Chemical compound CC(C)(C)COc(cccc1Cl)c1Cl PUVQMHQISHLMFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LJVOWEMFTURFHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)COc1c(C)cccc1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)COc1c(C)cccc1 LJVOWEMFTURFHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VYCBPCOBJLNDBG-UHFFFAOYSA-M CC(C)(O)C(=O)O.CC(C)(O)C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1.CC(C)(OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)O.CC(C)(OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1.CCO.O=C(C1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1.O[K] Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(=O)O.CC(C)(O)C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1.CC(C)(OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)O.CC(C)(OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1.CCO.O=C(C1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1.O[K] VYCBPCOBJLNDBG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ANLQXMYLKWYXMF-GDLZYMKVSA-N CC(C)(OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 ANLQXMYLKWYXMF-GDLZYMKVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUOZMKSHDVOSFO-ALGWPFJZSA-L CC(C)(OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)O.CC1=CC=C(C(C)C)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C(C)C)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)N2[C@H](C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@@H](C3=CC=CC=C3)N[Ru@]2(C)Cl)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)N[C@H](C2=CC=CC=C2)[C@H](N)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.FC(F)(F)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1.N#CCC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1.N#CC[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1.NCC[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1.NCC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.[CH2+]Cl[Ru](C)(C)Cl Chemical compound CC(C)(OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)O.CC1=CC=C(C(C)C)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C(C)C)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)N2[C@H](C3=CC=CC=C3)[C@@H](C3=CC=CC=C3)N[Ru@]2(C)Cl)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)N[C@H](C2=CC=CC=C2)[C@H](N)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.FC(F)(F)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1.N#CCC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1.N#CC[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1.NCC[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1.NCC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.[CH2+]Cl[Ru](C)(C)Cl FUOZMKSHDVOSFO-ALGWPFJZSA-L 0.000 description 1
- FAMVGFAVULNKEK-BGCSNNHUSA-N CC(C)(OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)O.CN(CC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)C(C)(C)OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1.CNCC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.Cl Chemical compound CC(C)(OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)O.CN(CC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)C(C)(C)OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C=C1.CNCC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.Cl FAMVGFAVULNKEK-BGCSNNHUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WZYSIJBZHPOBFI-ZYSVBFTFSA-N CC(C)CC1=CC(C(C)C(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)=CC=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC(C(C)C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)=CC=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C2(C(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)CC2)C=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C2(C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)CC2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)CC1=CC(C(C)C(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)=CC=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC(C(C)C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)=CC=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C2(C(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)CC2)C=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C2(C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)CC2)C=C1 WZYSIJBZHPOBFI-ZYSVBFTFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SAANLMMDFJXHBT-OIMPTMLVSA-N CC(C)CC1=CC=C([C@H](C)C(=O)N(C)CCC(OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C([C@H](C)C(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C([C@H](C)C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C([C@H](C)C(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)CC1=CC=C([C@H](C)C(=O)N(C)CCC(OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C([C@H](C)C(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C([C@H](C)C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.CC(C)CC1=CC=C([C@H](C)C(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1 SAANLMMDFJXHBT-OIMPTMLVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IDNLWHWVUCYBAX-WNWQKLGWSA-N CC(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1C(C)C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1C(C)C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 IDNLWHWVUCYBAX-WNWQKLGWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MDOIHMXXAGKPRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC2=C(C=C1)N(C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C(C)=C2CC(=O)NCCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC2=C(C=C1)N(C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C(C)=C2CC(=O)NCCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 MDOIHMXXAGKPRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UKHUQDAQVAPDPH-WJYSPDJUSA-N CC1=CC=C(C2=NOC(C(C(=O)NCCOC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)N3CCC(N(C)CC4=CC=CC=C4)CC3)=N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=NOC(CC(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)=N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCN(C(C(=O)NCCOC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=NC(C4=CC=C(C)C=C4)=NO3)C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C2=NOC(C(C(=O)NCCOC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)N3CCC(N(C)CC4=CC=CC=C4)CC3)=N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=NOC(CC(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)=N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCN(C(C(=O)NCCOC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=NC(C4=CC=C(C)C=C4)=NO3)C2)C=C1 UKHUQDAQVAPDPH-WJYSPDJUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SZMYOZVDHXKWST-FKNGJAPOSA-N CC1=CC=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCN(C(C(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=NC(C4=CC=C(C)C=C4)=NO3)C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(OC[C@H]2CN(C(C(=O)NCCOC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=NC(C4=CC=C(C)C=C4)=NO3)CC[C@@H]2C)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(OC[C@H]2CN(C(C(=O)NCCOC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=NC(C4=CC=C(C)C=C4)=NO3)CC[C@H]2C)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCN(C(C(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=NC(C4=CC=C(C)C=C4)=NO3)C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(OC[C@H]2CN(C(C(=O)NCCOC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=NC(C4=CC=C(C)C=C4)=NO3)CC[C@@H]2C)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(OC[C@H]2CN(C(C(=O)NCCOC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=NC(C4=CC=C(C)C=C4)=NO3)CC[C@H]2C)C=C1 SZMYOZVDHXKWST-FKNGJAPOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FDQXIHTXCRWEND-YVQHSHJDSA-N CC1=CC=C(OC[C@H]2CN(C(C(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=NC(C4=CC=C(C)C=C4)=NO3)CC[C@@H]2C)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(OC[C@H]2CN(C(C(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=NC(C4=CC=C(C)C=C4)=NO3)CC[C@H]2C)C=C1.CN(CC1=CC=CC=C1)C1CCN(C(C(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C2=NC(C3=CC=C(FC(F)F)C=C3)=NO2)CC1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(OC[C@H]2CN(C(C(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=NC(C4=CC=C(C)C=C4)=NO3)CC[C@@H]2C)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(OC[C@H]2CN(C(C(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=NC(C4=CC=C(C)C=C4)=NO3)CC[C@H]2C)C=C1.CN(CC1=CC=CC=C1)C1CCN(C(C(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C2=NC(C3=CC=C(FC(F)F)C=C3)=NO2)CC1 FDQXIHTXCRWEND-YVQHSHJDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQFVWLWFPCWNAF-WJOKGBTCSA-N CC1=CC=C(O[C@H](CCN(C)C(=O)C(C)(C)OC2=CC=C(C(=O)C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O[C@H](CCN(C)C(=O)C(C)(C)OC2=CC=C(C(=O)C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1 OQFVWLWFPCWNAF-WJOKGBTCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LUXPCNCVNQSQEN-CYHWBCRBSA-N CCC1=CC=C(C(C)C(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.CCC1=CC=C(C(C)C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.C[C@@H](C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1.C[C@H](C(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1.C[C@H](C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1 Chemical compound CCC1=CC=C(C(C)C(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.CCC1=CC=C(C(C)C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC2=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.C[C@@H](C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1.C[C@H](C(=O)N(C)CC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1.C[C@H](C(=O)N(C)CC[C@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1 LUXPCNCVNQSQEN-CYHWBCRBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KQHNNHAFGGDTGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCNC(=O)CC1=C(C)N(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C2=C1C=C(OC)C=C2 Chemical compound CCNC(=O)CC1=C(C)N(C(=O)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C2=C1C=C(OC)C=C2 KQHNNHAFGGDTGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HGZZISQFWKDWLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN(CC1=CC=CC=C1)C1CCN(C(C)(C)C)CC1 Chemical compound CN(CC1=CC=CC=C1)C1CCN(C(C)(C)C)CC1 HGZZISQFWKDWLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJRKYFDHHSXMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN(CCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)C1CCN2/C(C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)=C\C=C\12 Chemical compound CN(CCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)C1CCN2/C(C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3)=C\C=C\12 IJRKYFDHHSXMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RTHCYVBBDHJXIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CNCCC(c1ccccc1)Oc1ccc(C(F)(F)F)cc1 Chemical compound CNCCC(c1ccccc1)Oc1ccc(C(F)(F)F)cc1 RTHCYVBBDHJXIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OPWKVUUCVVQURV-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=CC2=C(C=C1)N(C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C(C)=C2CC(=O)N(C)CCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound COC1=CC2=C(C=C1)N(C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C(C)=C2CC(=O)N(C)CCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 OPWKVUUCVVQURV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVFDVEQIAJQPTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=CC2=C(C=C1)N(C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C(C)=C2CC(=O)NCCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound COC1=CC2=C(C=C1)N(C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C(C)=C2CC(=O)NCCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 HVFDVEQIAJQPTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVFDVEQIAJQPTD-JGCGQSQUSA-N COC1=CC2=C(C=C1)N(C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C(C)=C2CC(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound COC1=CC2=C(C=C1)N(C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1)C(C)=C2CC(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 HVFDVEQIAJQPTD-JGCGQSQUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SKZLEOLVZNCWOJ-ASMUPINKSA-N C[C@H](C(=O)N(C)CCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)=C1.C[C@H](C(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)=C1.N Chemical compound C[C@H](C(=O)N(C)CCC(OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)=C1.C[C@H](C(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)=C1.N SKZLEOLVZNCWOJ-ASMUPINKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940123150 Chelating agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010068631 Childhood depression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RKWGIWYCVPQPMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloropropamide Chemical compound CCCNC(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 RKWGIWYCVPQPMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010012735 Diarrhoea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019739 Dicalciumphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010067722 Dipeptidyl Peptidase 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100025012 Dipeptidyl peptidase 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010014824 Endotoxic shock Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010049003 Fibrinogen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008946 Fibrinogen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004606 Fillers/Extenders Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000007446 Glucagon-Like Peptide-1 Receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010086246 Glucagon-Like Peptide-1 Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DTHNMHAUYICORS-KTKZVXAJSA-N Glucagon-like peptide 1 Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1N=CNC=1)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 DTHNMHAUYICORS-KTKZVXAJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FAEKWTJYAYMJKF-QHCPKHFHSA-N GlucoNorm Chemical compound C1=C(C(O)=O)C(OCC)=CC(CC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)N2CCCCC2)=C1 FAEKWTJYAYMJKF-QHCPKHFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000002705 Glucose Intolerance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010018429 Glucose tolerance impaired Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Polymers OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012981 Hank's balanced salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004705 High-molecular-weight polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101000710899 Homo sapiens Cannabinoid receptor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940123993 Incretin mimetic Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAQJMLQRFWZOBN-LAUBAEHRSA-N L-ascorbyl-6-palmitate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O QAQJMLQRFWZOBN-LAUBAEHRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011786 L-ascorbyl-6-palmitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010028554 LDL Cholesterol Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000008214 LDL Cholesterol Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010007622 LDL Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016267 Leptin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010092277 Leptin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000003183 Manihot esculenta Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016735 Manihot esculenta subsp esculenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZPXSCAKFGYXMGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Mazindol Chemical compound N12CCN=C2C2=CC=CC=C2C1(O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 ZPXSCAKFGYXMGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KLIPTRYZWHHOPB-MPSNESSQSA-N N.O=C(C1=CC=CC=C1)/C1=C/C=C2/C(C(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)CCN12 Chemical compound N.O=C(C1=CC=CC=C1)/C1=C/C=C2/C(C(=O)NCC[C@@H](OC3=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)CCN12 KLIPTRYZWHHOPB-MPSNESSQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910004727 OSO3H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 240000007817 Olea europaea Species 0.000 description 1
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102400000319 Oxyntomodulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800001388 Oxyntomodulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000018262 Peripheral vascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFOCDFTXLCYLKU-CMPLNLGQSA-N Phendimetrazine Chemical compound O1CCN(C)[C@@H](C)[C@@H]1C1=CC=CC=C1 MFOCDFTXLCYLKU-CMPLNLGQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=O YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000010752 Plasminogen Inactivators Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010077971 Plasminogen Inactivators Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 201000009916 Postpartum depression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010037660 Pyrexia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010038687 Respiratory distress Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000004443 Ricinus communis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ruthenium Chemical compound [Ru] KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012327 Ruthenium complex Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910006069 SO3H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019485 Safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010040070 Septic Shock Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 description 1
- SSZBUIDZHHWXNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Stearinsaeure-hexadecylester Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC SSZBUIDZHHWXNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000011962 Substance-induced mood disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000395 Substance-induced mood disorder Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229940100389 Sulfonylurea Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JLRGJRBPOGGCBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tolbutamide Chemical compound CCCCNC(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1 JLRGJRBPOGGCBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010067584 Type 1 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- IMIPDPVHGGHVNH-YWVHRCQQSA-N [(8r,9s,13s,14s)-13-methyl-17-oxo-7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16-octahydro-6h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-yl] (z)-octadec-9-enoate Chemical compound C1C[C@]2(C)C(=O)CC[C@H]2[C@@H]2CCC3=CC(OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC)=CC=C3[C@H]21 IMIPDPVHGGHVNH-YWVHRCQQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001015 abdomen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002250 absorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002745 absorbent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003655 absorption accelerator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002632 acarbose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XUFXOAAUWZOOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acarviostatin I01 Natural products OC1C(O)C(NC2C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)=C2)O)C(C)OC1OC(C(C1O)O)C(CO)OC1OC1C(CO)OC(O)C(O)C1O XUFXOAAUWZOOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000218 acetic acid group Chemical group C(C)(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001138 acetylsalicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003888 alpha glucosidase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940087168 alpha tocopherol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019728 animal nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001430 anti-depressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003579 anti-obesity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000883 anti-obesity agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000935 antidepressant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000021229 appetite regulation Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010385 ascorbyl palmitate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012131 assay buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013584 assay control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003149 assay kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000923 atherogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010533 azeotropic distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007681 bariatric surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZJRCIQAMTAINCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoylacetonitrile Chemical compound N#CCC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZJRCIQAMTAINCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002837 benzphetamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YXKTVDFXDRQTKV-HNNXBMFYSA-N benzphetamine Chemical compound C([C@H](C)N(C)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 YXKTVDFXDRQTKV-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002903 benzyl benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl bromide Chemical compound BrCC1=CC=CC=C1 AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000007321 biological mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000028683 bipolar I disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025307 bipolar depression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 1
- MCQRPQCQMGVWIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron;methylsulfanylmethane Chemical compound [B].CSC MCQRPQCQMGVWIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UWTDFICHZKXYAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron;oxolane Chemical compound [B].C1CCOC1 UWTDFICHZKXYAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- OZVBMTJYIDMWIL-AYFBDAFISA-N bromocriptine Chemical compound C1=CC(C=2[C@H](N(C)C[C@@H](C=2)C(=O)N[C@]2(C(=O)N3[C@H](C(N4CCC[C@H]4[C@]3(O)O2)=O)CC(C)C)C(C)C)C2)=C3C2=C(Br)NC3=C1 OZVBMTJYIDMWIL-AYFBDAFISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002802 bromocriptine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001273 butane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019437 butane-1,3-diol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019282 butylated hydroxyanisole Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010216 calcium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012241 calcium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003185 calcium uptake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930003827 cannabinoid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000003557 cannabinoid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003554 cannabinoid 1 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XMPZTFVPEKAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-P ceric ammonium nitrate Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[Ce+4].[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O XMPZTFVPEKAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-P 0.000 description 1
- 229950002397 cetilistat Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MVCQKIKWYUURMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N cetilistat Chemical compound C1=C(C)C=C2C(=O)OC(OCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)=NC2=C1 MVCQKIKWYUURMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000005827 chlorofluoro hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960001761 chlorpropamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004927 clay Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035602 clotting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000014763 coagulation protein disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012230 colorless oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002301 combined effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940125797 compound 12 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125890 compound Ia Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007891 compressed tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000008504 concentrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000029078 coronary artery disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001767 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006448 cycloalkyl cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960001305 cysteine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920006237 degradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007933 dermal patch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000632 dexamfetamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K dicalcium phosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940038472 dicalcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000390 dicalcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DHCWLIOIJZJFJE-UHFFFAOYSA-L dichlororuthenium Chemical compound Cl[Ru]Cl DHCWLIOIJZJFJE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004890 diethylpropion Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XXEPPPIWZFICOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylpropion Chemical compound CCN(CC)C(C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XXEPPPIWZFICOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002526 effect on cardiovascular system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037149 energy metabolism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002702 enteric coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009505 enteric coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002179 ephedrine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005448 ethoxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229940093499 ethyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003885 eye ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000006052 feed supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940012952 fibrinogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012065 filter cake Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- UZCGKGPEKUCDTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluazinam Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C(Cl)C([N+]([O-])=O)=C1NC1=NC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1Cl UZCGKGPEKUCDTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004580 glibenclamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WIGIZIANZCJQQY-RUCARUNLSA-N glimepiride Chemical compound O=C1C(CC)=C(C)CN1C(=O)NCCC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)NC(=O)N[C@@H]2CC[C@@H](C)CC2)C=C1 WIGIZIANZCJQQY-RUCARUNLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004346 glimepiride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001381 glipizide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZJJXGWJIGJFDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N glipizide Chemical compound C1=NC(C)=CN=C1C(=O)NCCC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)NC(=O)NC2CCCCC2)C=C1 ZJJXGWJIGJFDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZNNLBTZKUZBEKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N glyburide Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1C(=O)NCCC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)NC(=O)NC2CCCCC2)C=C1 ZNNLBTZKUZBEKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002641 glycemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerine monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(CO)CO YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerol monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000004280 healthy diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004475 heteroaralkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003906 humectant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000001421 hyperglycemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000266 injurious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NRYBAZVQPHGZNS-ZSOCWYAHSA-N leptin Chemical compound O=C([C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(C)C)CCSC)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(O)=O NRYBAZVQPHGZNS-ZSOCWYAHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940039781 leptin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 244000144972 livestock Species 0.000 description 1
- 229960005060 lorcaserin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XTTZERNUQAFMOF-QMMMGPOBSA-N lorcaserin Chemical compound C[C@H]1CNCCC2=CC=C(Cl)C=C12 XTTZERNUQAFMOF-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000299 mazindol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950004994 meglitinide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006371 metabolic abnormality Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007932 molded tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- PXZWGQLGAKCNKD-DPNMSELWSA-N molport-023-276-326 Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)[C@@H](C)O)C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1NC=NC=1)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PXZWGQLGAKCNKD-DPNMSELWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CQDGTJPVBWZJAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N monoethyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(O)=O CQDGTJPVBWZJAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000001022 morbid obesity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UOPFIWYXBIHPIP-NHCUHLMSSA-N n-[(1r,2r)-2-amino-1,2-diphenylethyl]-4-methylbenzenesulfonamide Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)N[C@H](C=1C=CC=CC=1)[C@H](N)C1=CC=CC=C1 UOPFIWYXBIHPIP-NHCUHLMSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butane Chemical compound CCCC IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-pentane Natural products CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OELFLUMRDSZNSF-BRWVUGGUSA-N nateglinide Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](C(C)C)CC[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 OELFLUMRDSZNSF-BRWVUGGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000698 nateglinide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100000344 non-irritating Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000000474 nursing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035764 nutrition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000016709 nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003305 oral gavage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- AHLBNYSZXLDEJQ-FWEHEUNISA-N orlistat Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC[C@H](OC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC=O)C[C@@H]1OC(=O)[C@H]1CCCCCC AHLBNYSZXLDEJQ-FWEHEUNISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001243 orlistat Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NXJCBFBQEVOTOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(2+);dihydroxide Chemical compound O[Pd]O NXJCBFBQEVOTOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010603 pastilles Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003359 percent control normalization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001050 pharmacotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000436 phendimetrazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003562 phentermine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorous acid Chemical class OP(O)O OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002797 plasminogen activator inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 244000144977 poultry Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000001376 precipitating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002028 premature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037920 primary disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000770 proinflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- VVWRJUBEIPHGQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-2-yl n-propan-2-yloxycarbonyliminocarbamate Chemical compound CC(C)OC(=O)N=NC(=O)OC(C)C VVWRJUBEIPHGQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000473 propyl gallate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010388 propyl gallate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940075579 propyl gallate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229960004063 propylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003331 prothrombotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000425 proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-WCBMZHEXSA-N pseudoephedrine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-WCBMZHEXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003908 pseudoephedrine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000020016 psychiatric disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001107 psychogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002294 pubertal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003856 quaternary ammonium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002287 radioligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003653 radioligand binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000306 recurrent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002354 repaglinide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003340 retarding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- JZCPYUJPEARBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N rimonabant Chemical compound CC=1C(C(=O)NN2CCCCC2)=NN(C=2C(=CC(Cl)=CC=2)Cl)C=1C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 JZCPYUJPEARBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003015 rimonabant Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052707 ruthenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000005713 safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003813 safflower oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M salicylate Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001860 salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000012672 seasonal affective disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007493 shaping process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004425 sibutramine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UNAANXDKBXWMLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sibutramine Chemical compound C=1C=C(Cl)C=CC=1C1(C(N(C)C)CC(C)C)CCC1 UNAANXDKBXWMLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004760 silicates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- MFFMDFFZMYYVKS-SECBINFHSA-N sitagliptin Chemical compound C([C@H](CC(=O)N1CC=2N(C(=NN=2)C(F)(F)F)CC1)N)C1=CC(F)=C(F)C=C1F MFFMDFFZMYYVKS-SECBINFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004034 sitagliptin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WBHQBSYUUJJSRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium bisulfate Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])(=O)=O WBHQBSYUUJJSRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910000342 sodium bisulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940100996 sodium bisulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium disulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)S([O-])(=O)=O HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940001584 sodium metabisulfite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010262 sodium metabisulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008109 sodium starch glycolate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079832 sodium starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920003109 sodium starch glycolate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940001482 sodium sulfite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010265 sodium sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium thiosulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000007614 solvation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013222 sprague-dawley male rat Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003206 sterilizing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000023516 stroke disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005556 structure-activity relationship Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- DPKBAXPHAYBPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylazanium;iodide Chemical compound [I-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC DPKBAXPHAYBPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- CZDYPVPMEAXLPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)C CZDYPVPMEAXLPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004001 thioalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- AOBORMOPSGHCAX-DGHZZKTQSA-N tocofersolan Chemical compound OCCOC(=O)CCC(=O)OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2O[C@](CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C AOBORMOPSGHCAX-DGHZZKTQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000984 tocofersolan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005371 tolbutamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037317 transdermal delivery Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AFFPCIMDERUIST-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethyl(1-phenylethenoxy)silane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)OC(=C)C1=CC=CC=C1 AFFPCIMDERUIST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000626 ureter Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003708 urethra Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003932 urinary bladder Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010200 validation analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019871 vegetable fat Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014692 zinc oxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002076 α-tocopherol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000004835 α-tocopherol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
- C07C235/02—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C235/04—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
- C07C235/08—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to an acyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/24—Antidepressants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
- C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C233/16—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
- C07C233/17—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
- C07C233/22—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom having the carbon atom of the carboxamide group bound to an acyclic carbon atom of a carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
- C07C233/57—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of rings other than six-membered aromatic rings
- C07C233/60—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of rings other than six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C237/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups
- C07C237/02—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
- C07C237/20—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
- C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
- C07D209/10—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
- C07D209/18—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D271/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D271/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
- C07D271/06—1,2,4-Oxadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-oxadiazoles
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
- C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
- C07D333/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D333/14—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen
- C07D333/20—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen by nitrogen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D413/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
- C07C2601/02—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a three-membered ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
- C07C2601/04—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a four-membered ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
- C07C2601/06—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring
- C07C2601/08—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring the ring being saturated
Definitions
- Obesity is a condition of complex origin. Increasing evidence suggests that obesity is not a simple problem of self-control but is a complex disorder involving appetite regulation and energy metabolism. In addition, obesity is associated with a variety of conditions associated with increased morbidity and mortality in a population. Although the etiology of obesity is not definitively established, genetic, metabolic, biochemical, cultural and psychosocial factors are believed to contribute. In general, obesity has been described as a condition in which excess body fat puts an individual at a health risk.
- Metabolic syndrome also known as “syndrome X,” “dysmetabolic syndrome,” “obesity syndrome,” and “Reaven's syndrome” has emerged as a growing problem. For example, metabolic syndrome has become increasingly common in the United States. It is estimated that about 47 million adults in the United States have the syndrome.
- Metabolic syndrome is generally a constellation of metabolic disorders that all result from, or are associated with, a primary disorder of insulin resistance. Accordingly, the syndrome is sometimes referred to as “insulin resistance syndrome.” Insulin resistance is characterized by disorders in which the body cannot use insulin efficiently and the body's tissues do not respond normally to insulin. As a result, insulin levels become elevated in the body's attempt to overcome the resistance to insulin. The elevated insulin levels lead, directly or indirectly, to the other metabolic abnormalities.
- Metabolic syndrome is typically characterized by a group of metabolic risk factors that include 1) central obesity; 2) atherogenic dyslipidemia (blood fat disorders comprising mainly high triglycerides (“TG”) and low HDL-cholesterol (interchangeably referred to herein as “HDL”) that foster plaque buildups in artery walls); 3) raised blood pressure; 4) insulin resistance or glucose intolerance (the body can't properly use insulin or blood sugar); 5) prothrombotic state (e.g., high fibrinogen or plasminogen activator inhibitor in the blood); and 6) a proinflammatory state (e.g., elevated high-sensitivity C-reactive protein in the blood).
- TG high triglycerides
- HDL high triglycerides
- NEP National Cholesterol Education Program
- ATP Adult Treatment Panel
- Ill guidelines define metabolic syndrome by the following five clinical parameters: a) a waist circumference greater than 102 cm for men, and greater than 88 cm for women; b) a triglyceride level greater than 150 mg/dl; c) an HDL-cholesterol less than 40 mg/dl for men, and less than 50 mg/dl for women; d) a blood pressure greater than or equal to 130/85 mmHg; and e) a fasting glucose greater than 110 mg/dl.
- metabolic syndrome involves four general factors: obesity; diabetes; hypertension; and high lipids. According to the NCEP ATP III guidelines above, the presence of at least three of these factors meets the medical diagnosis of metabolic syndrome.
- a person with the metabolic syndrome is at an increased risk of coronary heart disease, other diseases related to plaque buildups in artery walls (e.g., stroke and peripheral vascular disease), prostate cancer, and type 2 diabetes. It is also known that when diabetes occurs, the high risk of cardiovascular complications increases.
- patients suffering from the syndrome are prescribed a change in lifestyle, e.g., an increase in exercise and a change to a healthy diet.
- the goal of exercise and diet programs is to reduce body weight to within 20% of the “ideal” body weight calculated for age and height.
- diet and exercise regimens are supplemented with treatments for lipid abnormalities, clotting disorders, and hypertension.
- patients with the syndrome typically have several disorders of coagulation that make it easier to form blood clots within blood vessels. These blood clots are often a precipitating factor in developing heart attacks. Patients with the syndrome are often placed on daily aspirin therapy to specifically help prevent such clotting events.
- high blood pressure is present in more than half the people with the syndrome, and in the setting of insulin resistance, high blood pressure is especially important as a risk factor.
- LDL-cholesterol (interchangeably referred to herein as “LDL”) levels
- reduce triglyceride levels and raise HDL levels.
- the present invention provides novel compounds, including purified preparations of those compounds.
- the invention provides compounds of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- the invention further provides compounds of formula Ia or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- the invention further provides compounds of formula II or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- the compound of formula II is represented by formula IIa or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- the invention further provides compounds of formula III or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- the compound of formula III is represented by formula Ma or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- the invention further provides compounds of formula IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- the compound of formula IV is represented by formula IVa or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- the invention further provides compounds of formula V or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- the compound of formula V is represented by formula Va or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- the invention further provides compounds of formula VI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- the present invention provides a method of treating obesity, metabolic syndrome or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia) in a mammal comprising administering to a mammal suffering from obesity, metabolic syndrome or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia) a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI).
- a compound of the invention e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI.
- the disorder associated with metabolic syndrome is diabetes.
- the present invention provides a method of treating depression in a mammal comprising administering to a mammal suffering from depression a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI).
- a compound of the invention e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI.
- the mammal is a human.
- FIG. 1 shows the percentage increase in insulin levels after oral administration of test compounds at 100 and 200 mg/kg and metformin at 300 mg/kg.
- FIG. 2 shows the percentage decrease in glucose levels after oral administration of test compounds at 100 and 200 mg/kg and metformin at 300 mg/kg.
- FIG. 3 shows the percentage decrease in weight after oral administration of test compounds at 200 mg/kg and metformin at 300 mg/kg.
- the present invention provides certain novel compounds, including purified preparations of those compounds.
- the invention provides compounds of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- X represents an optionally substituted phenyl or thiophene.
- X is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- Y represents an optionally substituted phenyl or napthyl ring system.
- Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- R 5 , R 6 , R 8 , and R 9 are hydrogen, and R 7 is halogen. In certain such embodiments, R 7 is chloro.
- R 3 independently for each occurrence represents optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- R 1 represents hydrogen
- R 2 and R 2′ are each hydrogen.
- R 2 is hydrogen and R 2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH 2 OCH 3 .
- n 0.
- X represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system.
- R 43 and R 44 are each optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl. In certain embodiments, R 43 and R 44 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a cyclopropane or cyclobutane ring.
- the compound is represented by formula Ia or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- R 5 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 13 , and R 14 are hydrogen, R 7 is halogen, and R 12 is optionally substituted lower alkyl. In certain such embodiments, R 7 is chloro and R 12 is trifluoromethyl.
- R 3 and R 4 each independently for each occurrence represent optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- R 1 represents hydrogen
- R 2 and R 2′ are each hydrogen.
- R 2 is hydrogen and R 2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH 2 OCH 3 .
- m is 0.
- n 0.
- R 43 and R 44 are each optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl. In certain embodiments, R 43 and R 44 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a cyclopropane or cyclobutane ring.
- a compound of formula Ia has the structure 1:
- the compound of formula Ia has the structure 1 and is enriched for the (R) enantiomer (e.g., compound Ia,
- the compound is substantially free of the (S) enantiomer.
- the invention further provides compounds of formula II or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- X represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system. In certain embodiments, X represents H or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system. In certain embodiments, X represents methyl or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system.
- z is 1 or 2.
- X represents an optionally substituted phenyl or thiophene.
- X is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- Y represents an optionally substituted phenyl or napthyl ring system.
- Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , and R 19 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted aminoalkyl, such as an optionally substituted tertiary aminoalkyl, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, optionally substituted carbocyclylalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, such as an optionally substituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl (e.g., morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, or pyrrolidine), optionally substituted heterocyclylalkyl, such as an optionally substituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl, optionally substituted nitrogen-containing hetero
- R 51 , R 52 , R 53 , R 54 , R 55 , R 56 , and R 57 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted aminoalkyl, such as an optionally substituted tertiary aminoalkyl, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, optionally substituted carbocyclylalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, such as an optionally substituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl (e.g., morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, or pyrrolidine), optionally substituted heterocyclylalkyl, such as an optionally substituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl
- R 1 represents hydrogen
- R 2 and R 2′ are each hydrogen.
- R 2 is hydrogen and R 2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH 2 OCH 3 .
- R 45 is hydrogen and R 46 is an optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl.
- R 45 and R 46 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a cyclopropane or cyclobutane ring.
- the compound of formula II is represented by formula IIa or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted aminoalkyl, such as an optionally substituted tertiary aminoalkyl, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, such as an optionally substituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl (e.g., morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, or pyrrolidine), optionally substituted heterocyclylalkyl, such as an optionally substituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclylalkyl, cyano, or nitro.
- R 4 independently for each occurrence represents optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- R 1 represents hydrogen
- R 2 and R 2′ are each hydrogen.
- R 2 is hydrogen and R 2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH 2 OCH 3 .
- m is 0.
- R 45 is hydrogen and R 46 is an optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl.
- R 45 and R 46 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a cyclopropane or cyclobutane ring.
- a compound of formula IIa has the structure 4:
- the compound of formula Ha has the structure 4 and is enriched for the (R) configuration at the indicated position (*). In certain such embodiments, the compound is substantially free of the (S) configuration at the indicated position (*).
- the invention further provides compounds of formula III or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- X represents an optionally substituted phenyl or thiophene.
- X is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- Y represents an optionally substituted phenyl or napthyl ring system.
- Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- R 20 and R 21 each independently represent optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- o 0.
- p is 0.
- R 1 represents hydrogen
- R 2 and R 2′ are each hydrogen.
- R 2 is hydrogen and R 2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH 2 OCH 3 .
- the compound of formula III is represented by formula IIIa or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- R 10 , R 11 , R 13 , and R 14 are hydrogen, and R 12 is optionally substituted lower alkyl. In certain such embodiments, R 12 is trifluoromethyl.
- R 4 , R 20 , and R 21 each independently for each occurrence represents optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- R 1 represents hydrogen
- R 2 and R 2′ are each hydrogen.
- R 2 is hydrogen and R 2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH 2 OCH 3 .
- m is 0.
- o 0.
- p is 0.
- a compound of formula IIIa has the structure 5:
- the compound of formula IIIa has the structure 5 and is enriched for the (R) configuration at the indicated position (*), e.g., compound 5a,
- the compound is substantially free of the (S) configuration at the indicated position (*).
- the invention further provides compounds of formula IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- X represents an optionally substituted phenyl or thiophene.
- X is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- Y represents an optionally substituted phenyl or napthyl ring system.
- Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- R 22 and R 23 each independently represent optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- q is 0.
- r is 0.
- R 1 represents hydrogen
- R 2 and R 2′ are each hydrogen.
- R 2 is hydrogen and R 2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH 2 OCH 3 .
- R 47 is hydrogen and R 48 is an optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl.
- R 47 and R 48 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a cyclopropane or cyclobutane ring.
- the compound of formula IV is represented by formula IVa or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- R 10 , R 11 , R 13 , and R 14 are hydrogen, and R 12 is optionally substituted lower alkyl. In certain such embodiments, R 12 is trifluoromethyl.
- R 4 , R 22 , and R 23 each independently for each occurrence represents optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- R′ represents hydrogen
- R 2 and R 2′ are each hydrogen.
- R 2 is hydrogen and R 2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH 2 OCH 3 .
- m is 0.
- q is 0.
- r is 0.
- R 47 is hydrogen and R 48 is an optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl.
- R 47 and R 48 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a cyclopropane or cyclobutane ring.
- a compound of formula IVa has the structure 6:
- the compound of formula IVa has the structure 6 and is enriched for the (R) configuration at the indicated position (*). In certain such embodiments, the compound is substantially free of the (S) configuration at the indicated position (*).
- the invention further provides compounds of formula V or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- X represents an optionally substituted phenyl or thiophene.
- X is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- Y represents an optionally substituted phenyl or napthyl ring system.
- Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- R 24 , R 25 , R 26 , R 27 , R 28 , R 29 , R 30 , R 31 , and R 32 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- R 24 , R 26 , R 27 , R 28 , R 29 , R 31 , and R 32 each independently represent hydrogen, R 25 represents optionally substituted alkoxyl, and R 30 represents halogen. In certain such embodiments, R 25 represents methoxy, and R 30 represents chloro.
- R 1 represents hydrogen
- R 2 and R 2′ are each hydrogen.
- R 2 is hydrogen and R 2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH 2 OCH 3 .
- X represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system. In certain embodiments, X represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system.
- R 49 and R 50 are each hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 49 and R 50 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a cyclopropane or cyclobutane ring.
- the compound of formula V is not one of the following:
- the compound of formula V is represented by formula Va or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- R 24 , R 25 , R 26 , R 27 , R 28 , R 29 , R 30 , R 31 , and R 32 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- R 24 , R 26 , R 27 , R 28 , R 29 , R 31 , and R 32 each independently represent hydrogen, R 25 represents optionally substituted alkoxyl, and R 30 represents halogen. In certain such embodiments, R 25 represents methoxy, and R 30 represents chloro.
- R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- R 10 , R 11 , R 13 , and R 14 are hydrogen, and R 12 is optionally substituted lower alkyl. In certain such embodiments, R 12 is trifluoromethyl.
- R 4 independently for each occurrence, represents optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- R 1 represents hydrogen
- R 2 and R 2′ are each hydrogen.
- R 2 is hydrogen and R 2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH 2 OCH 3 .
- m is 0.
- R 49 and R 50 are each hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 49 and R 50 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a cyclopropane or cyclobutane ring.
- a compound of formula Va has the structure 7:
- the compound of formula Va has the structure 7 and is enriched for the (R) configuration at the indicated position (*), e.g., compound 7a,
- the compound is substantially free of the (S) configuration at the indicated position (*).
- the invention further provides compounds of formula VI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- X represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system. In certain embodiments, X represents methyl or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system. In certain embodiments, X represents methyl or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system when Z is 1. In certain embodiments, X represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system when Z is 1.
- z is 0, 2, 3, or 4.
- X represents an optionally substituted phenyl or thiophene.
- X is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- Y represents an optionally substituted phenyl or napthyl ring system.
- Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl.
- Y is substituted with trifluoromethyl.
- Y is not substituted with aminoalkyl.
- R 33 , R 34 , R 35 , R 36 , and R 37 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- R 33 , R 34 , R 35 , R 36 , and R 37 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro, wherein at least one of R 33 , R 34 , R 35 , R 36 , and R 37 independently represents optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxy
- R 33 , R 34 , R 36 , and R 37 are hydrogen, and R 35 is optionally substituted lower alkyl. In certain such embodiments, R 35 is trifluoromethyl or —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 .
- R 1 represents hydrogen
- R 2 and R 2′ are each hydrogen.
- R 38 and R 39 each independently represent hydrogen, halo, optionally substituted lower alkyl, or optionally substituted piperidine. In certain embodiments, R 38 represents hydrogen and R 39 represents
- R 38 represents hydrogen and R 39 represents
- R 38 represents hydrogen and R 39 represents
- R 42 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl.
- Exemplary compounds of formula VI include the following:
- compounds of the invention may be racemic. In certain embodiments, compounds of the invention may be enriched in one enantiomer. For example, a compound of the invention may have greater than 30% ee, or 40% ee, or 50% ee, or 60% ee, or 70% ee, or 80% ee, or 90% ee, or even 95% or greater ee. In certain embodiments, compounds of the invention may be enriched in one or more diastereomer. For example, a compound of the invention may have greater than 30% de, or 40% de, or 50% de, or 60% de, or 70% de, or 80% de, or 90% de, or even 95% or greater de.
- the present invention also relates to a method of treating obesity in a mammal.
- the invention further relates to a method of minimizing metabolic risk factors associated with obesity, such as hypertension, diabetes and dyslipidemia.
- the methods comprise administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective anti-obesity dose of a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt).
- a compound of the invention e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt.
- the mammal is a human.
- the present invention provides a method of treating or preventing metabolic syndrome or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia) in a mammal comprising administering to a mammal suffering from metabolic syndrome or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia) an effective dose of a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt).
- a compound of the invention e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt.
- the disorder associated with metabolic syndrome is diabetes.
- the mammal is a human.
- the present invention also relates to a method of treating depression in a mammal.
- the methods comprise administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective anti-depressant dose of a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt).
- a compound of the invention e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt.
- the depression is endogenous depression, somatogenic depression, psychogenic depression, or depression in specific life situations.
- the endogenous depression is unipolar depression (e.g., major depression or major depressive disorder) or bipolar depression.
- the somatogenic depression is organic depression, symptomatic depression, or pharmacogenic depression.
- the depression in specific life situations is postpartum depression, old-age depression, childhood depression, seasonal depression, or pubertal depression.
- the depression is treatment-refractory depression or resistant depression.
- the depression is dysthymia.
- depression includes major depressive disorder (including single episode and recurrent), unipolar depression, treatment-refractory depression, resistant depression, anxious depression and dysthymia (also referred to as dysthymic disorder).
- the term “depression” encompasses any major depressive disorder, dysthymic disorder, mood disorders due to medical conditions with depressive features, mood disorders due to medical conditions with major depressive-like episodes, substance-induced mood disorders with depressive features and depressive disorder not otherwise specific as defined by their diagnostic criteria, as listed in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th Edition, Text Revision, American Psychiatric Association, 2000.
- the depression is major depressive disorder, unipolar depression, treatment-refractory depression, resistant depression or anxious depression. More preferably, the depression is major depressive disorder.
- the mammal is a human.
- the present invention relates to methods of treatment with a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, Ma, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt.
- the therapeutic preparation may be enriched to provide predominantly one enantiomer of a compound (e.g., of formula I, Ia, V, Va, or VI).
- An enantiomerically enriched mixture may comprise, for example, at least 60 mol percent of one enantiomer, or more preferably at least 75, 90, 95, or even 99 mol percent.
- the compound of formula I or Ia has the structure 1.
- the compound of formula I is enriched in the (R) enantiomer.
- the compound of formula 1 enriched in the (R) enantiomer is substantially free of the (S)-enantiomer, wherein substantially free means that the substance in question makes up less than 10%, or less than 5%, or less than 4%, or less than 3%, or less than 2%, or less than 1% as compared to the amount of the (R)-enantiomer, e.g., in the composition or compound mixture.
- the compound of formula 1 is provided as a salt of the compound of formula 1 or a solvate of the compound of formula 1 or its salt.
- the therapeutic preparation may be enriched to provide predominantly one diasteriomer of a compound (e.g., of formula II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, or IVa).
- An diasteriomerically enriched mixture may comprise, for example, at least 60 mol percent of one diasteriomer, or more preferably at least 75, 90, 95, or even 99 mol percent.
- Compounds suitable for use in methods of the invention include any compound of the invention as set forth above (e.g., a compound represented by any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt).
- One aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition suitable for use in a human patient, or for veterinary use, comprising an effective amount of a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt), and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
- a compound of the invention e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt
- the pharmaceutical compositions may be for use in treating or preventing obesity, metabolic syndrome, a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia), or depression.
- the pharmaceutical preparations have a low enough pyrogen activity to be suitable for use in a human patient, or for veterinary use.
- the pharmaceutical preparation comprises an effective amount of a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt).
- Compounds of the invention may be used in the manufacture of medicaments for the treatment of any diseases disclosed herein.
- the term “obesity” includes both excess body weight and excess adipose tissue mass in an animal.
- An obese individual is one having a body mass index of ⁇ 30 kg/m 2 . While the animal is typically a human, the invention also encompasses the treatment of non-human mammals.
- the treatment of obesity contemplates not only the treatment of individuals who are defined as “obese”, but also the treatment of individuals with weight gain that if left untreated may lead to the development of obesity.
- healthcare providers refers to individuals or organizations that provide healthcare services to a person, community, etc.
- Examples of “healthcare providers” include doctors, hospitals, continuing care retirement communities, skilled nursing facilities, subacute care facilities, clinics, multispecialty clinics, freestanding ambulatory centers, home health agencies, and HMO's.
- hydrate refers to a compound formed by the association of water with the parent compound.
- metabolite is intended to encompass compounds that are produced by metabolism of the parent compound under normal physiological conditions.
- an N-methyl group may be cleaved to produce the corresponding N-desmethyl metabolite, or an amide may be cleaved to the corresponding carboxylic acid and amine.
- Preferred metabolites of the present invention include those that exhibit activity suitable for the treatment of obesity, metabolic syndrome, or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome.
- a therapeutic that “prevents” a disorder or condition refers to a compound that, in a statistical sample, reduces the occurrence of the disorder or condition in the treated sample relative to an untreated control sample, or delays the onset or reduces the severity of one or more symptoms of the disorder or condition relative to the untreated control sample.
- solvate refers to a compound formed by solvation (e.g., a compound formed by the combination of solvent molecules with molecules or ions of the solute).
- treating includes prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatments.
- prophylactic or therapeutic treatment is art-recognized and includes administration to the host of one or more of the subject compositions. If it is administered prior to clinical manifestation of the unwanted condition (e.g., disease or other unwanted state of the host animal) then the treatment is prophylactic (i.e., it protects the host against developing the unwanted condition), whereas if it is administered after manifestation of the unwanted condition, the treatment is therapeutic, (i.e., it is intended to diminish, ameliorate, or stabilize the existing unwanted condition or side effects thereof).
- acyl is art-recognized and refers to a group represented by the general formula hydrocarbylC(O)—, preferably alkylC(O)—.
- acylamino is art-recognized and refers to an amino group substituted with an acyl group and may be represented, for example, by the formula hydrocarbylC(O)NH—.
- acyloxy is art-recognized and refers to a group represented by the general formula hydrocarbylC(O)O—, preferably alkylC(O)O—.
- alkoxy refers to an alkyl group, preferably a lower alkyl group, having an oxygen attached thereto.
- Representative alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, tert-butoxy and the like.
- alkoxyalkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with an alkoxy group and may be represented by the general formula alkyl-O-alkyl.
- alkenyl refers to an aliphatic group containing at least one double bond and is intended to include both “unsubstituted alkenyls” and “substituted alkenyls”, the latter of which refers to alkenyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the alkenyl group. Such substituents may occur on one or more carbons that are included or not included in one or more double bonds. Moreover, such substituents include all those contemplated for alkyl groups, as discussed below, except where stability is prohibitive. For example, substitution of alkenyl groups by one or more alkyl, carbocyclyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl groups is contemplated.
- alkyl refers to the radical of saturated aliphatic groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain alkyl groups, cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups, alkyl-substituted cycloalkyl groups, and cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl groups.
- a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C 1 -C 30 for straight chains, C 3 -C 30 for branched chains), and more preferably 20 or fewer.
- preferred cycloalkyls have from 3-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure, and more preferably have 5, 6 or 7 carbons in the ring structure.
- alkyl (or “lower alkyl”) as used throughout the specification, examples, and claims is intended to include both “unsubstituted alkyls” and “substituted alkyls”, the latter of which refers to alkyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
- Such substituents can include, for example, a halogen, a hydroxyl, a carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, an alkoxycarbonyl, a formyl, or an acyl), a thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), an alkoxyl, a phosphoryl, a phosphate, a phosphonate, a phosphinate, an amino, an amido, an amidine, an imine, a cyano, a nitro, an azido, a sulfhydryl, an alkylthio, a sulfate, a sulfonate, a sulfamoyl, a sulfonamido, a sulfonyl, a heterocyclyl, an aralkyl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety.
- a halogen
- the moieties substituted on the hydrocarbon chain can themselves be substituted, if appropriate.
- the substituents of a substituted alkyl may include substituted and unsubstituted forms of amino, azido, imino, amido, phosphoryl (including phosphonate and phosphinate), sulfonyl (including sulfate, sulfonamido, sulfamoyl and sulfonate), and silyl groups, as well as ethers, alkylthios, carbonyls (including ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, and esters), —CF 3 , —CN and the like.
- Cycloalkyls can be further substituted with alkyls, alkenyls, alkoxys, alkylthios, aminoalkyls, carbonyl-substituted alkyls, —CF 3 , —CN, and the like.
- C x-y when used in conjunction with a chemical moiety, such as, acyl, acyloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or alkoxy is meant to include groups that contain from x to y carbons in the chain.
- C x-y alkyl refers to substituted or unsubstituted saturated hydrocarbon groups, including straight-chain alkyl and branched-chain alkyl groups that contain from x to y carbons in the chain, including haloalkyl groups such as trifluoromethyl and 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, etc.
- C 0 alkyl indicates a hydrogen where the group is in a terminal position, a bond if internal.
- C 2-y alkenyl and C 2-y alkynyl refer to substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain at least one double or triple bond respectively.
- alkylamino refers to an amino group substituted with at least one alkyl group.
- alkylthio refers to a thiol group substituted with an alkyl group and may be represented by the general formula alkylS—.
- alkynyl refers to an aliphatic group containing at least one triple bond and is intended to include both “unsubstituted alkynyls” and “substituted alkynyls”, the latter of which refers to alkynyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the alkynyl group. Such substituents may occur on one or more carbons that are included or not included in one or more triple bonds. Moreover, such substituents include all those contemplated for alkyl groups, as discussed above, except where stability is prohibitive. For example, substitution of alkynyl groups by one or more alkyl, carbocyclyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl groups is contemplated.
- amide refers to a group
- R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen or hydrocarbyl group, or R 9 and R 10 taken together with the N atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure.
- amine and “amino” are art-recognized and refer to both unsubstituted and substituted amines and salts thereof, e.g., a moiety that can be represented by
- R 9 , R 10 , and R 10′ each independently represent a hydrogen or a hydrocarbyl group, or R 9 and R 10 taken together with the N atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure.
- aminoalkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with an amino group.
- aralkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group.
- aryl as used herein include substituted or unsubstituted single-ring aromatic groups in which each atom of the ring is carbon.
- the ring is a 5- to 7-membered ring, more preferably a 6-membered ring.
- aryl also includes polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings wherein at least one of the rings is aromatic, e.g., the other cyclic rings can be cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls, heteroaryls, and/or heterocyclyls.
- Aryl groups include benzene, naphthalene, phenanthrene, phenol, aniline, and the like.
- R 9 and R 10 independently represent hydrogen or a hydrocarbyl group, such as an alkyl group, or R 9 and R 10 taken together with the intervening atom(s) complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure.
- carbocycle refers to a non-aromatic saturated or unsaturated ring in which each atom of the ring is carbon.
- a carbocycle ring contains from 3 to 10 atoms, more preferably from 5 to 7 atoms.
- Carbocyclylalkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with a carbocycle group.
- carbonate is art-recognized and refers to a group —OCO 2 —R 9 , wherein R 9 represents a hydrocarbyl group.
- esters refers to a group —C(O)OR 9 wherein R 9 represents a hydrocarbyl group.
- ether refers to a hydrocarbyl group linked through an oxygen to another hydrocarbyl group. Accordingly, an ether substituent of a hydrocarbyl group may be hydrocarbyl-O—. Ethers may be either symmetrical or unsymmetrical. Examples of ethers include, but are not limited to, heterocycle-O-heterocycle and aryl-O-heterocycle. Ethers include “alkoxyalkyl” groups, which may be represented by the general formula alkyl-O-alkyl.
- halo and “halogen” as used herein means halogen and includes chloro, fluoro, bromo, and iodo.
- heteroalkyl and “heteroaralkyl”, as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with a hetaryl group.
- heteroaryl and “hetaryl” include substituted or unsubstituted aromatic single ring structures, preferably 5- to 7-membered rings, more preferably 5- to 6-membered rings, whose ring structures include at least one heteroatom, preferably one to four heteroatoms, more preferably one or two heteroatoms.
- heteroaryl and “hetaryl” also include polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings wherein at least one of the rings is heteroaromatic, e.g., the other cyclic rings can be cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls, heteroaryls, and/or heterocyclyls.
- Heteroaryl groups include, for example, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine, and pyrimidine, and the like.
- heteroatom as used herein means an atom of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred heteroatoms are nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
- heterocyclyl refers to substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic ring structures, preferably 3- to 10-membered rings, more preferably 3- to 7-membered rings, whose ring structures include at least one heteroatom, preferably one to four heteroatoms, more preferably one or two heteroatoms.
- heterocyclyl and “heterocyclic” also include polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings wherein at least one of the rings is heterocyclic, e.g., the other cyclic rings can be cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls, heteroaryls, and/or heterocyclyls.
- Heterocyclyl groups include, for example, piperidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, morpholine, lactones, lactams, and the like.
- heterocyclylalkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with a heterocycle group.
- hydrocarbyl refers to a group that is bonded through a carbon atom that does not have a ⁇ O or ⁇ S substituent, and typically has at least one carbon-hydrogen bond and a primarily carbon backbone, but may optionally include heteroatoms.
- groups like methyl, ethoxyethyl, 2-pyridyl, and trifluoromethyl are considered to be hydrocarbyl for the purposes of this application, but substituents such as acetyl (which has a ⁇ O substituent on the linking carbon) and ethoxy (which is linked through oxygen, not carbon) are not.
- Hydrocarbyl groups include, but are not limited to aryl, heteroaryl, carbocycle, heterocycle, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and combinations thereof.
- hydroxyalkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with a hydroxy group.
- lower when used in conjunction with a chemical moiety, such as, acyl, acyloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or alkoxy is meant to include groups where there are ten or fewer non-hydrogen atoms in the substituent, preferably six or fewer.
- acyl, acyloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or alkoxy substituents defined herein are respectively lower acyl, lower acyloxy, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, or lower alkoxy, whether they appear alone or in combination with other substituents, such as in the recitations hydroxyalkyl and aralkyl (in which case, for example, the atoms within the aryl group are not counted when counting the carbon atoms in the alkyl substituent).
- polycyclyl refers to two or more rings (e.g., cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls, heteroaryls, and/or heterocyclyls) in which two or more atoms are common to two adjoining rings, e.g., the rings are “fused rings”.
- Each of the rings of the polycycle can be substituted or unsubstituted.
- each ring of the polycycle contains from 3 to 10 atoms in the ring, preferably from 5 to 7.
- substituted refers to moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the backbone. It will be understood that “substitution” or “substituted with” includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. As used herein, the term “substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds.
- the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and non-aromatic substituents of organic compounds.
- the permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds.
- the heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms.
- Substituents can include any substituents described herein, for example, a halogen, a hydroxyl, a carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, an alkoxycarbonyl, a formyl, or an acyl), a thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), an alkoxyl, a phosphoryl, a phosphate, a phosphonate, a phosphinate, an amino, an amido, an amidine, an imine, a cyano, a nitro, an azido, a sulfhydryl, an alkylthio, a sulfate, a sulfonate, a sulfamoyl, a sulfonamido, a sulfonyl, a heterocyclyl, an aralkyl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic mo
- references to chemical moieties herein are understood to include substituted variants.
- reference to an “aryl” group or moiety implicitly includes both substituted and unsubstituted variants.
- sulfate is art-recognized and refers to the group —OSO 3 H, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- R 9 and R 10 independently represents hydrogen or hydrocarbyl, such as alkyl, or R 9 and R 10 taken together with the intervening atom(s) complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure.
- sulfoxide is art-recognized and refers to the group —S(O)—R 9 , wherein R 9 represents a hydrocarbyl.
- sulfonate is art-recognized and refers to the group SO 3 H, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- sulfone is art-recognized and refers to the group —S(O) 2 —R 9 , wherein R 9 represents a hydrocarbyl.
- thioalkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with a thiol group.
- thioester refers to a group —C(O)SR 9 or —SC(O)R 9 wherein R 9 represents a hydrocarbyl.
- thioether is equivalent to an ether, wherein the oxygen is replaced with a sulfur.
- urea is art-recognized and may be represented by the general formula
- R 9 and R 10 independently represent hydrogen or a hydrocarbyl, such as alkyl, or either occurrence of R 9 taken together with R 10 and the intervening atom(s) complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure.
- Certain compounds of the present invention may exist in particular geometric or stereoisomeric forms.
- the present invention contemplates all such compounds, including cis- and trans-isomers, R- and S-enantiomers, diastereomers, (D)-isomers, (L)-isomers, the racemic mixtures thereof, and other mixtures thereof, as falling within the scope of the invention.
- Additional asymmetric carbon atoms may be present in a substituent such as an alkyl group. All such isomers, as well as mixtures thereof, are intended to be included in this invention.
- a particular enantiomer of a compound of the present invention may be prepared by asymmetric synthesis, or by derivation with a chiral auxiliary, where the resulting diastereomeric mixture is separated and the auxiliary group cleaved to provide the pure desired enantiomers.
- diastereomeric salts may be formed with an appropriate optically active acid or base, followed by resolution of the diastereomers thus formed by fractional crystallization or chromatographic means well known in the art, and subsequent recovery of the pure enantiomers.
- enantiomerically enriched mixtures and pure enantiomeric compounds can be prepared by using synthetic intermediates that are enantiomerically pure in combination with reactions that either leave the stereochemistry at a chiral center unchanged or result in its complete inversion.
- Techniques for inverting or leaving unchanged a particular stereocenter, and those for resolving mixtures of stereoisomers are well known in the art, and it is well within the ability of one of skill in the art to choose an appropriate method for a particular situation. See, generally, Furniss et al. (eds.), Vogel's Encyclopedia of Practical Organic Chemistry 5 th Ed., Longman Scientific and Technical Ltd., Essex, 1991, pp. 809-816; and Heller, Acc. Chem. Res. 23: 128 (1990).
- the amount of active agent(s) can vary with the patient, the route of administration and the result sought. Optimum dosing regimens for particular patients can be readily determined by one skilled in the art.
- Compounds of the invention may be administered to an individual in need thereof.
- the individual is a mammal such as a human, or a non-human mammal.
- the compound of the invention can be administered as a pharmaceutical composition containing, for example, the compound of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are well known in the art and include, for example, aqueous solutions such as water or physiologically buffered saline or other solvents or vehicles such as glycols, glycerol, oils such as olive oil or injectable organic esters.
- the aqueous solution is pyrogen free, or substantially pyrogen free, or has low enough pyrogen activity.
- the excipients can be chosen, for example, to effect delayed release of an agent or to selectively target one or more cells, tissues or organs.
- the pharmaceutical composition can be in dosage unit form such as tablet, capsule, sprinkle capsule, granule, powder, syrup, suppository, injection or the like.
- the composition can also be present in a transdermal delivery system, e.g., a skin patch.
- low enough pyrogen activity refers to a preparation that does not contain a pyrogen in an amount that would lead to an adverse effect (e.g., irritation, fever, inflammation, diarrhea, respiratory distress, endotoxic shock, etc.) in a subject to which the preparation has been administered.
- an adverse effect e.g., irritation, fever, inflammation, diarrhea, respiratory distress, endotoxic shock, etc.
- the term is meant to encompass preparations that are free of, or substantially free of, an endotoxin such as, for example, a lipopolysaccharide (LPS).
- LPS lipopolysaccharide
- a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier can contain physiologically acceptable agents that act, for example, to stabilize or to increase the absorption of a compound of the invention.
- physiologically acceptable agents include, for example, carbohydrates, such as glucose, sucrose or dextrans, antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid or glutathione, chelating agents, low molecular weight proteins or other stabilizers or excipients.
- the choice of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, including a physiologically acceptable agent depends, for example, on the route of administration of the composition.
- the pharmaceutical composition (preparation) also can be a liposome or other polymer matrix, which can have incorporated therein, for example, a compound of the invention. Liposomes, for example, which consist of phospholipids or other lipids, are nontoxic, physiologically acceptable and metabolizable carriers that are relatively simple to make and administer.
- phrases “pharmaceutically acceptable” is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material. Each carrier must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the patient.
- materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide;
- a pharmaceutical composition (preparation) containing a compound of the invention can be administered to a subject by any of a number of routes of administration including, for example, orally (for example, drenches as in aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions, tablets, boluses, powders, granules, pastes for application to the tongue); sublingually; anally, rectally or vaginally (for example, as a pessary, cream or foam); parenterally (including intramuscularly, intravenously, subcutaneously or intrathecally as, for example, a sterile solution or suspension); nasally; intraperitoneally; subcutaneously; transdermally (for example as a patch applied to the skin); and topically (for example, as a cream, ointment or spray applied to the skin).
- routes of administration including, for example, orally (for example, drenches as in aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions, tablets, boluses, powders,
- the compound may also be formulated for inhalation.
- a compound of the invention may be simply dissolved or suspended in sterile water. Details of appropriate routes of administration and compositions suitable for same can be found in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,110,973, 5,763,493, 5,731,000, 5,541,231, 5,427,798, 5,358,970 and 4,172,896, as well as in patents cited therein. The most preferred route of administration is the oral route.
- the formulations of the present invention may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
- the amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host being treated, the particular mode of administration.
- the amount of active ingredient that can be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will generally be that amount of the compound which produces a therapeutic effect. Generally, out of one hundred percent, this amount will range from about 1 percent to about ninety-nine percent of active ingredient, preferably from about 5 percent to about 70 percent, most preferably from about 10 percent to about 30 percent.
- Methods of preparing these formulations or compositions include the step of bringing into association a compound of the present invention with the carrier and, optionally, one or more accessory ingredients.
- the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association a compound of the present invention with liquid carriers, or finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
- Formulations of the invention suitable for oral administration may be in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion, or as an elixir or syrup, or as pastilles (using an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia) and/or as mouth washes and the like, each containing a predetermined amount of a compound of the present invention as an active ingredient.
- a compound of the present invention may also be administered as a bolus, electuary or paste.
- the active ingredient is mixed with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate, and/or any of the following: (1) fillers or extenders, such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and/or silicic acid; (2) binders, such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose and/or acacia; (3) humectants, such as glycerol; (4) disintegrating agents, such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate; (5) solution retarding agents, such as paraffin; (6) absorption accelerators, such as quaternary ammonium compounds; (7) wetting agents, such as, for example, cety
- compositions may also comprise buffering agents.
- Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugars, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
- a tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
- Compressed tablets may be prepared using binder (for example, gelatin or hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose), lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (for example, sodium starch glycolate or cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), surface-active or dispersing agent.
- Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
- the tablets, and other solid dosage forms of the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may optionally be scored or prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical-formulating art. They may also be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile, other polymer matrices, liposomes and/or microspheres.
- compositions may be sterilized by, for example, filtration through a bacteria-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions that can be dissolved in sterile water, or some other sterile injectable medium immediately before use.
- These compositions may also optionally contain opacifying agents and may be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain portion of the gastrointestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner.
- embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
- the active ingredient can also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-described excipients.
- Liquid dosage forms for oral administration of the compounds of the invention include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs.
- the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
- inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and
- the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming and preservative agents.
- adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming and preservative agents.
- Suspensions in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
- suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
- Formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention for rectal, vaginal, or urethral administration may be presented as a suppository, which may be prepared by mixing one or more compounds of the invention with one or more suitable nonirritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
- suitable nonirritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
- compositions can be formulated for delivery via a catheter, stent, wire, or other intraluminal device. Delivery via such devices may be especially useful for delivery to the bladder, urethra, ureter, rectum, or intestine.
- Formulations of the present invention which are suitable for vaginal administration also include pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
- Dosage forms for the topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches and inhalants.
- the active compound may be mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants that may be required.
- the ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to an active compound of this invention, excipients, such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
- excipients such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
- Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to a compound of this invention, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances.
- Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants, such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons, such as butane and propane.
- Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound of the present invention to the body.
- dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispersing the compound in the proper medium.
- Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate of such flux can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
- Ophthalmic formulations are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
- parenteral administration and “administered parenterally” as used herein means modes of administration other than enteral and topical administration, usually by injection, and includes, without limitation, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intraarticular, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal and intrasternal injection and infusion.
- compositions of this invention suitable for parenteral administration comprise one or more compounds of the invention in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient or suspending or thickening agents.
- aqueous and nonaqueous carriers examples include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate.
- polyols such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like
- vegetable oils such as olive oil
- injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
- Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
- compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like into the compositions. In addition, prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents that delay absorption such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- the absorption of the drug in order to prolong the effect of a drug, it is desirable to slow the absorption of the drug from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material having poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolution, which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in an oil vehicle.
- Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsulated matrices of the subject compounds in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending on the ratio of drug to polymer, and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions that are compatible with body tissue.
- the compounds of the present invention are administered as pharmaceuticals, to humans and animals, they can be given per se or as a pharmaceutical composition containing, for example, 0.1 to 99.5% (more preferably, 0.5 to 90%) of active ingredient in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the addition of the active compound of the invention to animal feed is preferably accomplished by preparing an appropriate feed premix containing the active compound in an effective amount and incorporating the premix into the complete ration.
- an intermediate concentrate or feed supplement containing the active ingredient can be blended into the feed.
- feed premixes and complete rations can be prepared and administered are described in reference books (such as “Applied Animal Nutrition”, W.H. Freedman and CO., San Francisco, U.S.A., 1969 or “Livestock Feeds and Feeding” O and B books, Corvallis, Ore., U.S.A., 1977).
- Methods of introduction may also be provided by rechargeable or biodegradable devices.
- Various slow release polymeric devices have been developed and tested in vivo in recent years for the controlled delivery of drugs, including proteinaceous biopharmaceuticals.
- a variety of biocompatible polymers including hydrogels, including both biodegradable and non-degradable polymers, can be used to form an implant for the sustained release of a compound at a particular target site.
- Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient that is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient.
- the selected dosage level will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the particular compound of the present invention employed, or the ester, salt or amide thereof, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular compound employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
- a physician or veterinarian having ordinary skill in the art can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition required.
- the physician or veterinarian could start doses of the compounds of the invention employed in the pharmaceutical composition at levels lower than that required in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved.
- a suitable daily dose of a compound of the invention will be that amount of the compound that is the lowest dose effective to produce a therapeutic effect. Such an effective dose will generally depend upon the factors described above.
- the effective daily dose of the active compound may be administered as one, two, three, four, five, six or more sub-doses administered separately at appropriate intervals throughout the day, optionally, in unit dosage forms.
- the active compound may be administered two or three times daily. In preferred embodiments, the active compound will be administered once daily.
- the patient receiving this treatment is any animal in need, including primates, in particular humans, and other mammals such as equines, cattle, swine and sheep; and poultry and pets in general.
- a compound of the present invention may be used alone or conjointly administered with another type of therapeutic agent.
- the phrase “conjoint administration” refers to any form of administration of two or more different therapeutic compounds such that the second compound is administered while the previously administered therapeutic compound is still effective in the body (e.g., the two compounds are simultaneously effective in the patient, which may include synergistic effects of the two compounds).
- the different therapeutic compounds can be administered either in the same formulation or in a separate formulation, either concomitantly or sequentially.
- an individual who receives such treatment can benefit from a combined effect of different therapeutic compounds.
- a compound of the present invention may be administered conjointly with another treatment for diabetes including, but not limited to, sulfonyl ureas (e.g., chlorpropamide, tolbutamide, glyburide, glipizide, or glimepiride), medications that decrease the amount of glucose produced by the liver (e.g., metformin), meglitinides (e.g., repaglinide or nateglinide), medications that decrease the absorption of carbohydrates from the intestine (e.g., alpha glucosidase inhibitors such as acarbose), medications that effect glycemic control (e.g., pramlintide or exenatide), DPP-IV inhibitors (
- a compound of the present invention may be administered conjointly with another treatment for obesity including, but not limited to, orlistat, sibutramine, phendimetrazine, phentermine, diethylpropion, benzphetamine, mazindol, dextroamphetamine, rimonabant, cetilistat, GT 389-255, APD356, pramlintide/AC137, PYY3-36, AC 162352/PYY3-36, oxyntomodulin, TM 30338, AOD 9604, oleoyl-estrone, bromocriptine, ephedrine, leptin, pseudoephedrine, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- another treatment for obesity including, but not limited to, orlistat, sibutramine, phendimetrazine, phentermine, diethylpropion, benzphetamine, mazindol, dextroamphetamine,
- a compound of the present invention will be administered to a subject (e.g., a mammal, preferably a human) in a therapeutically effective amount (dose).
- a subject e.g., a mammal, preferably a human
- dose a therapeutically effective amount
- therapeutically effective amount is meant the concentration of a compound that is sufficient to elicit the desired therapeutic effect (e.g., treatment of obesity, metabolic syndrome, or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome, such as obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia). It is generally understood that the effective amount of the compound will vary according to the weight, sex, age, and medical history of the subject.
- the effective amount may include, but are not limited to, the severity of the patient's condition, the disorder being treated, the stability of the compound, and, if desired, another type of therapeutic agent being administered with the compound of the invention.
- a larger total dose can be delivered by multiple administrations of the agent. Methods to determine efficacy and dosage are known to those skilled in the art (Isselbacher et al. (1996) Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine 13 ed., 1814-1882, herein incorporated by reference).
- compounds of the invention include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of the invention.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of the invention can also exist as various solvates, such as with water, methanol, ethanol, dimethylformamide, and the like. Mixtures of such solvates can also be prepared. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated forms and are encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
- the source of such solvate can be from the solvent of crystallization, inherent in the solvent of preparation or crystallization, or adventitious to such solvent.
- Certain compounds of the present invention may exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated by the present invention and are intended to be within the scope of the present invention.
- salts includes salts of the active compounds which are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the particular substituents found on the compounds described herein.
- base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent.
- pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, or magnesium salt, or a similar salt.
- acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, trifluoroacetic, propionic, isobutyric, maleic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, lactic, mandelic, phthalic, benzensulfonic, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, methanesulfonic, and the like.
- inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic,
- salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like (see, for example, Berge et al., “Pharmaceutical Salts”, Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 1977, 66, 1-19).
- Certain specific compounds of the present invention may contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts.
- the neutral forms of the compounds are preferably regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in the conventional manner.
- the parent form of the compound differs form the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but otherwise the salts are equivalent to the parent form of the compound for the purposes of the present invention.
- a particular enantiomer of a compound of the present invention may be prepared by asymmetric synthesis, or by derivation with a chiral auxiliary, where the resulting diastereomeric mixture is separated and the auxiliary group cleaved to provide the pure desired enantiomers.
- diastereomeric salts may be formed with an appropriate optically active acid or base, followed by resolution of the diastereomers thus formed by fractional crystallization or chromatographic means well known in the art, and subsequent recovery of the pure enantiomers.
- enantiomerically enriched mixtures and pure enantiomeric compounds can be prepared by using synthetic intermediates that are enantiomerically pure in combination with reactions that either leave the stereochemistry at a chiral center unchanged or result in its complete inversion.
- Techniques for inverting or leaving unchanged a particular stereocenter, and those for resolving mixtures of stereoisomers are well known in the art, and it is well within the ability of one of skill in the art to choose an appropriate method for a particular situation. See, generally, Furniss et al. (eds.), Vogel's Encyclopedia of Practical Organic Chemistry 5 th Ed., Longman Scientific and Technical Ltd., Essex, 1991, pp. 809-816; and Heller, Acc. Chem. Res. 23: 128 (1990).
- Compounds of the invention may be synthesized using methods well-known in the art.
- compounds of formula Ia may be synthesized by the formation of the amide from its corresponding amine (3) and carboxylic acid (2), as shown in Scheme 1.
- the carboxylic acid is converted to a carbonyl chloride before reacting with the amine.
- the amine (3) is norfluoxetine or an analog thereof.
- Norfluoxetine can be prepared by any of a number of methods generally known in the art. For example, there are several methods provided in the literature for making the racemate of norfluoxetine (U.S. Pat. No. 4,313,896). The racemate of norfluoxetine in turn can be resolved, if desired, into its (S) and (R) components by standard methods. In particular, norfluoxetine can be reacted with an enantiomerically pure chiral derivatizing agent, resolved on the basis of the different physicochemical properties of the diastereomeric derivatives, and then converted to the two separate enantiomers of norfluoxetine.
- One particularly preferred method of accomplishing this derivatization is analogous to that described in Robertson et al., J. Med. Chem., 31, 1412 (1988), wherein fluoxetine was reacted with an optically active form of 1-(1-naphthyl)ethyl isocyanate to form a urea derivative of fluoxetine.
- a similar mixture of norfluoxetine diastereomeric ureas can be separated through high pressure liquid chromatography into the individual diastereomers. Each individual diastereomer, in turn, can then be hydrolyzed to the individual enantiomers of norfluoxetine.
- the carboxylic acid (2) is the carboxylic acid formed by hydrolysis of the ester of fenofibrate or an analog thereof.
- Fenofibrate can be prepared by any of a number of methods generally known in the art.
- compounds of formula IIa may be synthesized by the formation of the amide from its corresponding amine and carboxylic acid.
- the amine is norfluoxetine or an analog thereof.
- the carboxylic acid is ibuprofen or an analog thereof. Ibuprofen can be prepared by any number of methods generally known in the art.
- compounds of formula IIIa may be synthesized by the formation of the amide from its corresponding amine and carboxylic acid.
- the amine is norfluoxetine or an analog thereof.
- the carboxylic acid is ketorolac or an analog thereof. Ketorolac can be prepared by any number of methods generally known in the art.
- compounds of formula IVa may be synthesized by the formation of the amide from its corresponding amine and carboxylic acid.
- the amine is norfluoxetine or an analog thereof.
- the carboxylic acid is ketoprofen or an analog thereof. Ketoprofen can be prepared by any number of methods generally known in the art.
- compounds of formula Va may be synthesized by the formation of the amide from its corresponding amine and carboxylic acid.
- the amine is norfluoxetine or an analog thereof.
- the carboxylic acid is indomethacin or an analog thereof. Indomethacin can be prepared by any number of methods generally known in the art.
- wetting agents such as sodium lauryl sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the compositions.
- antioxidants examples include: (1) water soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid, cysteine hydrochloride, sodium bisulfate, sodium metabisulfite, sodium sulfite and the like; (2) oil-soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), lecithin, propyl gallate, alpha-tocopherol, and the like; and (3) metal chelating agents, such as citric acid, ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA), sorbitol, tartaric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
- water soluble antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, cysteine hydrochloride, sodium bisulfate, sodium metabisulfite, sodium sulfite and the like
- oil-soluble antioxidants such as ascorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), le
- the present invention provides a kit comprising:
- the invention relates to a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, by manufacturing a formulation or kit as described herein, and marketing to healthcare providers the benefits of using the formulation or kit in the treatment of obesity, metabolic syndrome, or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia).
- a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia.
- the invention provides a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, by providing a distribution network for selling a formulation or kit as described herein, and providing instruction material to patients or physicians for using the formulation to treat obesity, metabolic syndrome, or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia).
- a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia.
- the present invention relates to a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, by providing a distribution network for selling a formulation or kit as described herein, and providing instruction material to patients or physicians for using the formulation to treat obesity, metabolic syndrome, or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia).
- a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia.
- the invention comprises a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, by determining an appropriate formulation and dosage of a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt) to be administered in the treatment of obesity, metabolic syndrome, or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia), conducting therapeutic profiling of identified formulations for efficacy and toxicity in animals, and providing a distribution network for selling an identified preparation as having an acceptable therapeutic profile.
- the method further includes providing a sales group for marketing the preparation to healthcare providers.
- the invention relates to a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business by determining an appropriate formulation and dosage of a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt) to be administered in the treatment of obesity, metabolic syndrome, or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia), and licensing, to a third party, the rights for further development and sale of the formulation.
- a compound of the invention e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt
- a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia
- the present invention provides a kit comprising:
- the invention relates to a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, by manufacturing a formulation or kit as described herein, and marketing to healthcare providers the benefits of using the formulation or kit in the treatment of depression.
- the invention provides a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, by providing a distribution network for selling a formulation or kit as described herein, and providing instruction material to patients or physicians for using the formulation to treat depression.
- the present invention relates to a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, by providing a distribution network for selling a formulation or kit as described herein, and providing instruction material to patients or physicians for using the formulation to treat depression.
- the invention comprises a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, by determining an appropriate formulation and dosage of a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt) to be administered in the treatment of depression, conducting therapeutic profiling of identified formulations for efficacy and toxicity in animals, and providing a distribution network for selling an identified preparation as having an acceptable therapeutic profile.
- the method further includes providing a sales group for marketing the preparation to healthcare providers.
- the invention relates to a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business by determining an appropriate formulation and dosage of a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of formula I or Ia, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt) to be administered in the treatment of depression, and licensing, to a third party, the rights for further development and sale of the formulation.
- a compound of the invention e.g., a compound of formula I or Ia, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt
- Incubation Buffer 50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 1 mM EDTA, 3 mM MgCl., 0.5% BSA
- Non-Specific Ligand 10 mM R(+)-WIN-55, 212-2
- Proton and carbon NMR spectra were obtained on a Bruker AC 300 spectrometer at 300 MHz and 75 MHz, respectively. Proton spectra were referenced to tetramethylsilane as an internal standard. Melting points were obtained on a Mel-Temp II apparatus and are uncorrected. HPLC analyses were obtained using an Alltech Alltima C18 Rocket Column Method A (Table 1) with UV detection using standard solvent programs on a Shimadzu Prominence HPLC system.
- reaction mixture was poured onto 2 N NaOH (5 mL) and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 ⁇ 8 mL) and diethyl ether (2 ⁇ 8 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
- a FLIPR assay was conducted to monitor agonist and antagonist selectivity for compounds of the invention against the CBI and GLP-1 receptors. Percentage activation and percentage inhibition values were determined for each compound on each of the GPCRs listed above. Agonist selectivity was determined upon initial addition of compounds followed by 10 minute incubation at 25° C. Following compound incubation, reference agonists were added at EC80 to determine percentage inhibition.
- Agonist percentage activation determinations were obtained by assaying sample compounds and referencing the Emax control for each of the GPCRs profiled.
- Antagonist percentage inhibition determinations were obtained by assaying sample compounds and referencing the control EC80 wells for each of the GPCRs profiled.
- the protocol design is as follows:
- sample compounds were diluted in 100% anhydrous DMSO including all serial dilutions. Occasionally sample compounds were provided in a different solvent, in this case all master stock dilutions were performed in the specified diluent. All control wells contained identical solvent final concentrations as sample compound wells.
- Sample compounds were transferred from a master stock solution into a daughter plate that was used in the assay. Each sample compound was diluted into assay buffer (1 ⁇ HBSS with 20 mM HEPES) at an appropriate concentration to obtain final concentrations.
- the QC criterium for percent effect validation was that duplicates must be ⁇ 30% divergent. If this QC condition failed, that concentration was removed from curve fitting. If two or more concentrations with the dose response failed, the entire compound curve for that compound was repeated on a different assay plate.
- the QC criterium for Signal-to-Noise (S/N) was that it must be >5. If this QC condition failed, all data collected from that particular GPCR was repeated.
- the QC criterium for R2 was that it must be >0.90. If this QC condition failed, all data collected from that particular GPCR was repeated.
- the QC criterium for EC50 Value for reference agonist(s) was that it must be within 5-fold of historic EC50 value. If this QC condition failed, all data collected from that particular GPCR was repeated.
- IC 50 Value for reference antagonist(s) was that it must be within 10-fold of historic EC50 value. If this QCcondition failed, all data collected from that particular GPCR was repeated.
- Table 3 shows the results of these binding assays for several compounds of the invention.
- NIDDM non-insulin dependent diabetic mellitus
- Serum glucose and insulin levels were determined by Enzymatic Method (Mutaratase-GOD) and ELISA (mouse insulin assay kit) from orbital sinus blood samples obtained before (pretreatment) and 90 minutes after the last vehicle and/or test substance administration (postreatment) and percent change was determined.
- Exenatide a GLP-1 incretin mimetic currently approved for the treatment of type 2 diabetes, is known to increase insulin levels, decrease glucose levels, and decrease body weight. Such a profile is considered beneficial for the treatment of diabetes.
- FIG. 1 shows the percentage increase in insulin levels after oral administration of test compounds at 100 and 200 mg/kg and metformin at 300 mg/kg. While metformin does not show an increase in insulin levels in this model, compounds 6a, 12a, and 12b each show significant increases when dosed at 200 mg/kg. Compound 12b shows a significant increase when dosed at 100 mg/kg as well.
- FIG. 2 shows the percentage decrease in glucose levels after oral administration of test compounds at 100 and 200 mg/kg and metformin at 300 mg/kg.
- Compounds 6a, 12a, and 12b each show significant decreases in glucose levels when dosed at 200 mg/kg.
- the positive control, metformin also shows a significant decrease in glucose levels when dosed at 300 mg/kg.
- FIG. 3 shows the percentage decrease in weight after oral administration of test compounds at 200 mg/kg and metformin at 300 mg/kg.
- Compounds 6a, 12a, and 12b each show significant decreases in weight when dosed at 200 mg/kg.
- the positive control, metformin does not show a decrease in weight when dosed at 300 mg/kg.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to the treatment of metabolic syndrome or disorders associated with metabolic syndrome comprising administering a compound of the invention.
Description
- This application claims priority to U.S. provisional application Ser. No. 61/005,043, filed Nov. 30, 2007, U.S. provisional application Ser. No. 61/070,503, filed Mar. 24, 2008, and U.S. provisional application Ser. No. 61/124,204, filed Apr. 15, 2008. The disclosures of the foregoing applications are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- According to the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES III, 1988 to 1994), between one third and one half of men and women in the United States are overweight. In the United States, sixty percent of men and fifty-one percent of women, of the age of 20 or older, are either overweight or obese. In addition, a large percentage of children in the United States are overweight or obese.
- Obesity is a condition of complex origin. Increasing evidence suggests that obesity is not a simple problem of self-control but is a complex disorder involving appetite regulation and energy metabolism. In addition, obesity is associated with a variety of conditions associated with increased morbidity and mortality in a population. Although the etiology of obesity is not definitively established, genetic, metabolic, biochemical, cultural and psychosocial factors are believed to contribute. In general, obesity has been described as a condition in which excess body fat puts an individual at a health risk.
- There is strong evidence that obesity is associated with increased morbidity and mortality. Disease risk, such as cardiovascular disease risk and type 2 diabetes disease risk, increases independently with increased body mass index (BMI). Indeed, this risk has been quantified as a five percent increase in the risk of cardiac disease for females, and a seven percent increase in the risk of cardiac disease for males, for each point of a BMI greater than 24.9 (Kenchaiah et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 347:305, 2002; Massie, N. Engl. J. Med 347:358, 2002). In addition, there is substantial evidence that weight loss in obese persons reduces important disease risk factors. Even a small weight loss, such as 10% of the initial body weight in both overweight and obese adults has been associated with a decrease in risk factors such as hypertension, hyperlipidemia, and hyperglycemia.
- Although diet and exercise provide a simple process to decrease weight gain, overweight and obese individuals often cannot sufficiently control these factors to effectively lose weight. Pharmacotherapy is available; several weight loss drugs have been approved by the Food and Drug Administration that can be used as part of a comprehensive weight loss program. However, many of these drugs have serious adverse side effects. When less invasive methods have failed, and the patient is at high risk for obesity related morbidity or mortality, weight loss surgery is an option in carefully selected patients with clinically severe obesity. However, these treatments are high-risk, and suitable for use in only a limited number of patients.
- It is not only obese subjects who wish to lose weight. People with weight within the recommended range, for example, in the upper part of the recommended range, may wish to reduce their weight, to bring it closer to the ideal weight. Thus, a need remains for agents that can be used to effect weight loss in overweight and obese subjects.
- Metabolic syndrome (also known as “syndrome X,” “dysmetabolic syndrome,” “obesity syndrome,” and “Reaven's syndrome”) has emerged as a growing problem. For example, metabolic syndrome has become increasingly common in the United States. It is estimated that about 47 million adults in the United States have the syndrome.
- Metabolic syndrome is generally a constellation of metabolic disorders that all result from, or are associated with, a primary disorder of insulin resistance. Accordingly, the syndrome is sometimes referred to as “insulin resistance syndrome.” Insulin resistance is characterized by disorders in which the body cannot use insulin efficiently and the body's tissues do not respond normally to insulin. As a result, insulin levels become elevated in the body's attempt to overcome the resistance to insulin. The elevated insulin levels lead, directly or indirectly, to the other metabolic abnormalities.
- Some people are genetically predisposed to insulin resistance, while other people acquire factors that lead to insulin resistance. Acquired factors, such as excess body fat and physical inactivity, can elicit insulin resistance, and more broadly, clinical metabolic syndrome. Because of this relationship between insulin resistance and metabolic syndrome, it is believed that the underlying causes of this syndrome are obesity, physical inactivity and genetic factors. In fact, most people with insulin resistance and metabolic syndrome have central obesity (excessive fat tissue in and around the abdomen). The biologic mechanisms at the molecular level between insulin resistance and metabolic risk factors are not yet fully understood and appear to be complex.
- Metabolic syndrome is typically characterized by a group of metabolic risk factors that include 1) central obesity; 2) atherogenic dyslipidemia (blood fat disorders comprising mainly high triglycerides (“TG”) and low HDL-cholesterol (interchangeably referred to herein as “HDL”) that foster plaque buildups in artery walls); 3) raised blood pressure; 4) insulin resistance or glucose intolerance (the body can't properly use insulin or blood sugar); 5) prothrombotic state (e.g., high fibrinogen or plasminogen activator inhibitor in the blood); and 6) a proinflammatory state (e.g., elevated high-sensitivity C-reactive protein in the blood). The National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) Adult Treatment Panel (ATP) Ill guidelines define metabolic syndrome by the following five clinical parameters: a) a waist circumference greater than 102 cm for men, and greater than 88 cm for women; b) a triglyceride level greater than 150 mg/dl; c) an HDL-cholesterol less than 40 mg/dl for men, and less than 50 mg/dl for women; d) a blood pressure greater than or equal to 130/85 mmHg; and e) a fasting glucose greater than 110 mg/dl.
- According to the American Heart Association, however, there are no well-accepted criteria for diagnosing metabolic syndrome. Some guidelines suggest that metabolic syndrome involves four general factors: obesity; diabetes; hypertension; and high lipids. According to the NCEP ATP III guidelines above, the presence of at least three of these factors meets the medical diagnosis of metabolic syndrome.
- Although there is no complete agreement on the individual risk or prevalence of each factor, it is known that the syndrome, as generally agreed upon by those skilled in the field, poses a significant health risk to individuals. A person having one factor associated with the syndrome has an increased risk for having one or more of the others. The more factors that are present, the greater the risks to the person's health. When the factors are present as a group, i.e., metabolic syndrome, the risk for cardiovascular disease and premature death is very high.
- For example, a person with the metabolic syndrome is at an increased risk of coronary heart disease, other diseases related to plaque buildups in artery walls (e.g., stroke and peripheral vascular disease), prostate cancer, and type 2 diabetes. It is also known that when diabetes occurs, the high risk of cardiovascular complications increases.
- Generally, patients suffering from the syndrome are prescribed a change in lifestyle, e.g., an increase in exercise and a change to a healthy diet. The goal of exercise and diet programs is to reduce body weight to within 20% of the “ideal” body weight calculated for age and height.
- In some cases, diet and exercise regimens are supplemented with treatments for lipid abnormalities, clotting disorders, and hypertension. For example, patients with the syndrome typically have several disorders of coagulation that make it easier to form blood clots within blood vessels. These blood clots are often a precipitating factor in developing heart attacks. Patients with the syndrome are often placed on daily aspirin therapy to specifically help prevent such clotting events. Furthermore, high blood pressure is present in more than half the people with the syndrome, and in the setting of insulin resistance, high blood pressure is especially important as a risk factor. Some studies have suggested that successfully treating hypertension in patients with diabetes can reduce the risk of death and heart disease by a substantial amount. Additionally, patients have been treated to specifically reduce LDL-cholesterol (interchangeably referred to herein as “LDL”) levels, reduce triglyceride levels, and raise HDL levels. Given the increasing prevalence of this syndrome, there remains a need for additional and effective treatments of the syndrome.
- The present invention provides novel compounds, including purified preparations of those compounds. For instance, the invention provides compounds of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- X represents H, methyl, or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- Y represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- n represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- z represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
- R3 independently for each occurrence, represents a substituent;
- R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
- R43 and R44 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R43 and R44 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system.
- The invention further provides compounds of formula Ia or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- n-represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- m represents an integer from 0 to 5;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
- R3 and R4, each independently for each occurrence, represent a substituent;
- R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
- R43 and R44 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R43 and R44 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system.
- The invention further provides compounds of formula II or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- X represents H, methyl, or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- Y represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- W represents
- z represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
- R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R51, R52, R53, R54, R55, R56 and R57 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
- R45 and R46 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R45 and R46 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system.
- In certain embodiments, the compound of formula II is represented by formula IIa or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- W represents
- m represents an integer from 0 to 5;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
- R4, independently for each occurrence, represents a substituent;
- R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R51, R52, R53, R54, R55, R56, and R57 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
- R45 and R46 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R45 and R46 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system.
- The invention further provides compounds of formula III or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- X represents H or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- Y represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- o represents an integer from 0 to 5;
- p represents an integer from 0 to 2;
- z represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system; and
- R20 and R21 each independently for each occurrence represent a substituent.
- In certain embodiments, the compound of formula III is represented by formula Ma or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- m represents an integer from 0 to 5;
- o represents an integer from 0 to 5;
- p represents an integer from 0 to 2;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
- R4, R20, and R21, each independently for each occurrence, represents a substituent; and
- R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent.
- The invention further provides compounds of formula IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- X represents H or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- Y represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- r represents an integer from 0 to 5;
- q represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- z represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
- R22 and R23 each independently for each occurrence represent a substituent; and
- R47 and R48 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R47 and R48 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system.
- In certain embodiments, the compound of formula IV is represented by formula IVa or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- m represents an integer from 0 to 5;
- r represents an integer from 0 to 5;
- q represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
- R4, R22, and R23, each independently for each occurrence, represents a substituent;
- R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
- R47 and R48 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R47 and R48 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system.
- The invention further provides compounds of formula V or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- X represents H or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- Y represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- z represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
- R24, R25, R26, R27, R28, R29, R30, R31, and R32 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
- R49 and R50 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R49 and R50 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system.
- In certain embodiments, the compound of formula V is represented by formula Va or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- m represents an integer from 0 to 5;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
- R4, independently for each occurrence, represents a substituent; and
- R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R24, R25, R26, R27, R28, R29, R30, R31, and R32 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
- R49 and R50 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R49 and R50 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system.
- The invention further provides compounds of formula VI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- X represents H, methyl, or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- Y represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- z represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
- R33, R34, R35, R36, and R37 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
- R38 and R39 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent, or R38 and R39 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system.
- In another aspect, the present invention provides a method of treating obesity, metabolic syndrome or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia) in a mammal comprising administering to a mammal suffering from obesity, metabolic syndrome or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia) a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI).
- In certain embodiments, the disorder associated with metabolic syndrome is diabetes.
- In another aspect, the present invention provides a method of treating depression in a mammal comprising administering to a mammal suffering from depression a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI).
- In preferred embodiments of the methods of the invention, the mammal is a human.
-
FIG. 1 shows the percentage increase in insulin levels after oral administration of test compounds at 100 and 200 mg/kg and metformin at 300 mg/kg. -
FIG. 2 shows the percentage decrease in glucose levels after oral administration of test compounds at 100 and 200 mg/kg and metformin at 300 mg/kg. -
FIG. 3 shows the percentage decrease in weight after oral administration of test compounds at 200 mg/kg and metformin at 300 mg/kg. - The present invention provides certain novel compounds, including purified preparations of those compounds. For instance, the invention provides compounds of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- X represents H, methyl, or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- Y represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- n represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- z represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
- R3 independently for each occurrence, represents a substituent;
- R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
- R43 and R44 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R43 and R44 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system.
- In certain embodiments, X represents an optionally substituted phenyl or thiophene. In certain such embodiments, X is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, Y represents an optionally substituted phenyl or napthyl ring system. In certain such embodiments, Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro. In certain embodiments, R5, R6, R8, and R9 are hydrogen, and R7 is halogen. In certain such embodiments, R7 is chloro.
- In certain embodiments, R3 independently for each occurrence represents optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, R1 represents hydrogen.
- In certain embodiments, R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH2OCH3.
- In certain embodiments, n is 0.
- In certain embodiments, X represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system.
- In certain embodiments, R43 and R44 are each optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl. In certain embodiments, R43 and R44 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a cyclopropane or cyclobutane ring.
- In certain embodiments, the compound is represented by formula Ia or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- n represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- m represents an integer from 0 to 5;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system; R3 and R4, each independently for each occurrence, represent a substituent;
- R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
- R43 and R44 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R43 and R44 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system.
- In certain embodiments, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro. In certain embodiments, R5, R6, R8, R9, R10, R11, R13, and R14 are hydrogen, R7 is halogen, and R12 is optionally substituted lower alkyl. In certain such embodiments, R7 is chloro and R12 is trifluoromethyl.
- In certain embodiments, R3 and R4 each independently for each occurrence represent optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, R1 represents hydrogen.
- In certain embodiments, R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH2OCH3.
- In certain embodiments, m is 0.
- In certain embodiments, n is 0.
- In certain embodiments, R43 and R44 are each optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl. In certain embodiments, R43 and R44 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a cyclopropane or cyclobutane ring.
- In certain embodiments, a compound of formula Ia has the structure 1:
- In certain embodiments, the compound of formula Ia has the structure 1 and is enriched for the (R) enantiomer (e.g., compound Ia,
- In certain such embodiments, the compound is substantially free of the (S) enantiomer.
- Further exemplary compounds of formula Ia include the following:
- The invention further provides compounds of formula II or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- X represents H, methyl, or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- Y represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- W represents
- z represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
- R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R51, R52, R53, R54, R55, R56, and R57 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
- R45 and R46 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R45 and R46 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system.
- In certain embodiments, X represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system. In certain embodiments, X represents H or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system. In certain embodiments, X represents methyl or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system.
- In certain embodiments wherein X is methyl, z is 1 or 2.
- In certain embodiments, X represents an optionally substituted phenyl or thiophene. In certain such embodiments, X is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, Y represents an optionally substituted phenyl or napthyl ring system. In certain such embodiments, Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, R15, R16, R17, R18, and R19 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted aminoalkyl, such as an optionally substituted tertiary aminoalkyl, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, optionally substituted carbocyclylalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, such as an optionally substituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl (e.g., morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, or pyrrolidine), optionally substituted heterocyclylalkyl, such as an optionally substituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclylalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, cyano, or nitro. In certain embodiments, R15, R16, R18, and R19 are hydrogen, and R17 is optionally substituted lower alkyl. In certain such embodiments, R17 is isobutyl.
- In certain embodiments, R51, R52, R53, R54, R55, R56, and R57 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted aminoalkyl, such as an optionally substituted tertiary aminoalkyl, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, optionally substituted carbocyclylalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, such as an optionally substituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl (e.g., morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, or pyrrolidine), optionally substituted heterocyclylalkyl, such as an optionally substituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclylalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, R1 represents hydrogen.
- In certain embodiments, R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH2OCH3.
- In certain embodiments, R45 is hydrogen and R46 is an optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl. In certain embodiments, R45 and R46 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a cyclopropane or cyclobutane ring.
- In certain embodiments, the compound of formula II is represented by formula IIa or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- W represents
- m represents an integer from 0 to 5;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
- R4, independently for each occurrence, represents a substituent;
- R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R51, R52, R53, R54, R55, R56, and R57 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
- R45 and R46 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R45 and R46 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system.
- In certain embodiments, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14, each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted aminoalkyl, such as an optionally substituted tertiary aminoalkyl, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, such as an optionally substituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl (e.g., morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, or pyrrolidine), optionally substituted heterocyclylalkyl, such as an optionally substituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclylalkyl, cyano, or nitro. In certain embodiments, R10, R11, R13, and R14 are hydrogen, and R12 is optionally substituted lower alkyl. In certain such embodiments, R12 is trifluoromethyl.
- In certain embodiments, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R51, R52, R53, R54, R55, R56, and R57, each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted aminoalkyl, such as an optionally substituted tertiary aminoalkyl, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, optionally substituted carbocyclylalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, such as an optionally substituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl (e.g., morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, or pyrrolidine), optionally substituted heterocyclylalkyl, such as an optionally substituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclylalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, cyano, or nitro. In certain embodiments, R15, R16, R18, and R19 are hydrogen, and R17 is optionally substituted lower alkyl. In certain such embodiments, R17 is isobutyl.
- In certain embodiments, R4 independently for each occurrence represents optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, R1 represents hydrogen.
- In certain embodiments, R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH2OCH3.
- In certain embodiments, m is 0.
- In certain embodiments, R45 is hydrogen and R46 is an optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl. In certain embodiments, R45 and R46 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a cyclopropane or cyclobutane ring.
- In certain embodiments, a compound of formula IIa has the structure 4:
- In certain embodiments, the compound of formula Ha has the structure 4 and is enriched for the (R) configuration at the indicated position (*). In certain such embodiments, the compound is substantially free of the (S) configuration at the indicated position (*).
- Further exemplary compounds of formula II or IIa include:
- (mixture of diastereomers at indicated center, 38a and 38b), and
- (mixture of diastereomers at indicated center, 38c and 38d).
- The invention further provides compounds of formula III or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- X represents H or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- Y represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- o represents an integer from 0 to 5;
- p represents an integer from 0 to 2;
- z represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system; and
- R20 and R21 each independently for each occurrence represent a substituent.
- In certain embodiments, X represents an optionally substituted phenyl or thiophene. In certain such embodiments, X is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, Y represents an optionally substituted phenyl or napthyl ring system. In certain such embodiments, Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, R20 and R21 each independently represent optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, o is 0.
- In certain embodiments, p is 0.
- In certain embodiments, R1 represents hydrogen.
- In certain embodiments, R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH2OCH3.
- In certain embodiments, the compound of formula III is represented by formula IIIa or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- m represents an integer from 0 to 5;
- o represents an integer from 0 to 5;
- p represents an integer from 0 to 2;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
- R4, R20, and R21, each independently for each occurrence, represents a substituent; and
- R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent.
- In certain embodiments, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro. In certain embodiments, R10, R11, R13, and R14 are hydrogen, and R12 is optionally substituted lower alkyl. In certain such embodiments, R12 is trifluoromethyl.
- In certain embodiments, R4, R20, and R21 each independently for each occurrence represents optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, R1 represents hydrogen.
- In certain embodiments, R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH2OCH3.
- In certain embodiments, m is 0.
- In certain embodiments, o is 0.
- In certain embodiments, p is 0.
- In certain embodiments, a compound of formula IIIa has the structure 5:
- In certain embodiments, the compound of formula IIIa has the
structure 5 and is enriched for the (R) configuration at the indicated position (*), e.g., compound 5a, - In certain such embodiments, the compound is substantially free of the (S) configuration at the indicated position (*).
- Further exemplary compounds of formula IIIa include the following:
- The invention further provides compounds of formula IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- X represents H or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- Y represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- r represents an integer from 0 to 5;
- q represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- z represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
- R22 and R23 each independently for each occurrence represent a substituent; and
- R47 and R48 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R47 and R48 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system.
- In certain embodiments, X represents an optionally substituted phenyl or thiophene. In certain such embodiments, X is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, Y represents an optionally substituted phenyl or napthyl ring system. In certain such embodiments, Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, R22 and R23 each independently represent optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, q is 0.
- In certain embodiments, r is 0.
- In certain embodiments, R1 represents hydrogen.
- In certain embodiments, R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH2OCH3.
- In certain embodiments, R47 is hydrogen and R48 is an optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl. In certain embodiments, R47 and R48 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a cyclopropane or cyclobutane ring.
- In certain embodiments, the compound of formula IV is represented by formula IVa or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- m represents an integer from 0 to 5;
- r represents an integer from 0 to 5;
- q represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
- R4, R22, and R23, each independently for each occurrence, represents a substituent;
- R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
- R47 and R48 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R47 and R48 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system.
- In certain embodiments, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro. In certain embodiments, R10, R11, R13, and R14 are hydrogen, and R12 is optionally substituted lower alkyl. In certain such embodiments, R12 is trifluoromethyl.
- In certain embodiments, R4, R22, and R23 each independently for each occurrence represents optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, R′ represents hydrogen.
- In certain embodiments, R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH2OCH3.
- In certain embodiments, m is 0.
- In certain embodiments, q is 0.
- In certain embodiments, r is 0.
- In certain embodiments, R47 is hydrogen and R48 is an optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl. In certain embodiments, R47 and R48 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a cyclopropane or cyclobutane ring.
- In certain embodiments, a compound of formula IVa has the structure 6:
- In certain embodiments, the compound of formula IVa has the structure 6 and is enriched for the (R) configuration at the indicated position (*). In certain such embodiments, the compound is substantially free of the (S) configuration at the indicated position (*).
- Further exemplary compounds of formula IVa include the following:
- The invention further provides compounds of formula V or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- X represents H or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- Y represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- z represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
- R24, R25, R26, R27, R28, R29, R30, R31, and R32 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
- R49 and R50 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R49 and R50 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system.
- In certain embodiments, X represents an optionally substituted phenyl or thiophene. In certain such embodiments, X is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, Y represents an optionally substituted phenyl or napthyl ring system. In certain such embodiments, Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, R24, R25, R26, R27, R28, R29, R30, R31, and R32 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro. In certain embodiments, R24, R26, R27, R28, R29, R31, and R32 each independently represent hydrogen, R25 represents optionally substituted alkoxyl, and R30 represents halogen. In certain such embodiments, R25 represents methoxy, and R30 represents chloro.
- In certain embodiments, R1 represents hydrogen.
- In certain embodiments, R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH2OCH3.
- In certain embodiments, when z is 1, X represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system. In certain embodiments, X represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system.
- In certain embodiments, R49 and R50 are each hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R49 and R50 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a cyclopropane or cyclobutane ring.
- In certain embodiments, the compound of formula V is not one of the following:
- wherein Z is
- In certain embodiments, the compound of formula V is represented by formula Va or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- m represents an integer from 0 to 5;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
- R4, independently for each occurrence, represents a substituent;
- R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R24, R25, R26, R27, R28, R29, R30, R31, and R32 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
- R49 and R50 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R49 and R50 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system.
- In certain embodiments, R24, R25, R26, R27, R28, R29, R30, R31, and R32 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro. In certain embodiments, R24, R26, R27, R28, R29, R31, and R32 each independently represent hydrogen, R25 represents optionally substituted alkoxyl, and R30 represents halogen. In certain such embodiments, R25 represents methoxy, and R30 represents chloro.
- In certain embodiments R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro. In certain embodiments, R10, R11, R13, and R14 are hydrogen, and R12 is optionally substituted lower alkyl. In certain such embodiments, R12 is trifluoromethyl.
- In certain embodiments, R4, independently for each occurrence, represents optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, R1 represents hydrogen.
- In certain embodiments, R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl or —CH2OCH3.
- In certain embodiments, m is 0.
- In certain embodiments, R49 and R50 are each hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R49 and R50 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a cyclopropane or cyclobutane ring.
- In certain embodiments, a compound of formula Va has the structure 7:
- In certain embodiments, the compound of formula Va has the structure 7 and is enriched for the (R) configuration at the indicated position (*), e.g., compound 7a,
- In certain such embodiments, the compound is substantially free of the (S) configuration at the indicated position (*).
- Further exemplary compounds of formula Va include the following:
- The invention further provides compounds of formula VI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
- wherein:
- X represents H, methyl, or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- Y represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
- z represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
- R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
- R33, R34, R35, R36, and R37 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
- R38 and R39 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent, or R38 and R39 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system.
- In certain embodiments, X represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system. In certain embodiments, X represents methyl or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system. In certain embodiments, X represents methyl or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system when Z is 1. In certain embodiments, X represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system when Z is 1.
- In certain embodiments wherein X is H, z is 0, 2, 3, or 4.
- In certain embodiments, X represents an optionally substituted phenyl or thiophene. In certain such embodiments, X is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
- In certain embodiments, Y represents an optionally substituted phenyl or napthyl ring system. In certain such embodiments, Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro. In certain embodiments, Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl. In certain such embodiments, Y is substituted with trifluoromethyl. In certain embodiments, Y is not substituted with aminoalkyl.
- In certain embodiments, R33, R34, R35, R36, and R37 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro. In certain embodiments, R33, R34, R35, R36, and R37 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro, wherein at least one of R33, R34, R35, R36, and R37 independently represents optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro. In certain embodiments, R33, R34, R36, and R37 are hydrogen, and R35 is optionally substituted lower alkyl. In certain such embodiments, R35 is trifluoromethyl or —CH2CH(CH3)2.
- In certain embodiments, R1 represents hydrogen.
- In certain embodiments, R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen.
- In certain embodiments, R38 and R39 each independently represent hydrogen, halo, optionally substituted lower alkyl, or optionally substituted piperidine. In certain embodiments, R38 represents hydrogen and R39 represents
- wherein:
- R40 represents hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, or optionally substituted amino, such as N-methyl-N-benzylamino; and
- R41 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as (4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)methyl.
- In certain embodiments, R38 represents hydrogen and R39 represents
- In certain embodiments, R38 represents hydrogen and R39 represents
- wherein R42 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl.
- Exemplary compounds of formula VI include the following:
- In certain embodiments, compounds of the invention may be racemic. In certain embodiments, compounds of the invention may be enriched in one enantiomer. For example, a compound of the invention may have greater than 30% ee, or 40% ee, or 50% ee, or 60% ee, or 70% ee, or 80% ee, or 90% ee, or even 95% or greater ee. In certain embodiments, compounds of the invention may be enriched in one or more diastereomer. For example, a compound of the invention may have greater than 30% de, or 40% de, or 50% de, or 60% de, or 70% de, or 80% de, or 90% de, or even 95% or greater de.
- The present invention also relates to a method of treating obesity in a mammal. The invention further relates to a method of minimizing metabolic risk factors associated with obesity, such as hypertension, diabetes and dyslipidemia. In one embodiment, the methods comprise administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective anti-obesity dose of a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt).
- In preferred embodiments of the methods of the invention, the mammal is a human.
- In another aspect, the present invention provides a method of treating or preventing metabolic syndrome or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia) in a mammal comprising administering to a mammal suffering from metabolic syndrome or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia) an effective dose of a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt).
- In certain embodiments, the disorder associated with metabolic syndrome is diabetes.
- In preferred embodiments of the methods of the invention, the mammal is a human.
- The present invention also relates to a method of treating depression in a mammal. In one embodiment, the methods comprise administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective anti-depressant dose of a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt).
- In certain embodiments, the depression is endogenous depression, somatogenic depression, psychogenic depression, or depression in specific life situations. In certain such embodiments, the endogenous depression is unipolar depression (e.g., major depression or major depressive disorder) or bipolar depression. In certain embodiments, the somatogenic depression is organic depression, symptomatic depression, or pharmacogenic depression. In certain embodiments, the depression in specific life situations is postpartum depression, old-age depression, childhood depression, seasonal depression, or pubertal depression. In certain embodiments, the depression is treatment-refractory depression or resistant depression. In certain embodiments, the depression is dysthymia.
- As used herein, the term “depression” includes major depressive disorder (including single episode and recurrent), unipolar depression, treatment-refractory depression, resistant depression, anxious depression and dysthymia (also referred to as dysthymic disorder). The term “depression” encompasses any major depressive disorder, dysthymic disorder, mood disorders due to medical conditions with depressive features, mood disorders due to medical conditions with major depressive-like episodes, substance-induced mood disorders with depressive features and depressive disorder not otherwise specific as defined by their diagnostic criteria, as listed in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th Edition, Text Revision, American Psychiatric Association, 2000. Preferably, the depression is major depressive disorder, unipolar depression, treatment-refractory depression, resistant depression or anxious depression. More preferably, the depression is major depressive disorder.
- In preferred embodiments of the methods of the invention, the mammal is a human.
- In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to methods of treatment with a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, Ma, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt. In certain embodiments, the therapeutic preparation may be enriched to provide predominantly one enantiomer of a compound (e.g., of formula I, Ia, V, Va, or VI). An enantiomerically enriched mixture may comprise, for example, at least 60 mol percent of one enantiomer, or more preferably at least 75, 90, 95, or even 99 mol percent. In certain embodiments, the compound of formula I or Ia has the structure 1. In certain such embodiments, the compound of formula I is enriched in the (R) enantiomer. In certain embodiments, the compound of formula 1 enriched in the (R) enantiomer is substantially free of the (S)-enantiomer, wherein substantially free means that the substance in question makes up less than 10%, or less than 5%, or less than 4%, or less than 3%, or less than 2%, or less than 1% as compared to the amount of the (R)-enantiomer, e.g., in the composition or compound mixture. For example, if a composition or compound mixture contains 98 grams of the (R)-enantiomer and 2 grams of the (S)-enantiomer, it would be said to contain 98 mol percent of the (R)-enantiomer and only 2% of the (S)-enantiomer. In certain embodiments, the compound of formula 1 is provided as a salt of the compound of formula 1 or a solvate of the compound of formula 1 or its salt.
- In certain embodiments, the therapeutic preparation may be enriched to provide predominantly one diasteriomer of a compound (e.g., of formula II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, or IVa). An diasteriomerically enriched mixture may comprise, for example, at least 60 mol percent of one diasteriomer, or more preferably at least 75, 90, 95, or even 99 mol percent.
- Compounds suitable for use in methods of the invention include any compound of the invention as set forth above (e.g., a compound represented by any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt).
- One aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition suitable for use in a human patient, or for veterinary use, comprising an effective amount of a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt), and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions may be for use in treating or preventing obesity, metabolic syndrome, a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia), or depression. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical preparations have a low enough pyrogen activity to be suitable for use in a human patient, or for veterinary use. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical preparation comprises an effective amount of a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt).
- Compounds of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt) may be used in the manufacture of medicaments for the treatment of any diseases disclosed herein.
- As used herein, the term “obesity” includes both excess body weight and excess adipose tissue mass in an animal. An obese individual is one having a body mass index of ≧30 kg/m2. While the animal is typically a human, the invention also encompasses the treatment of non-human mammals. The treatment of obesity, as provided in methods of the present invention, contemplates not only the treatment of individuals who are defined as “obese”, but also the treatment of individuals with weight gain that if left untreated may lead to the development of obesity.
- The term “healthcare providers” refers to individuals or organizations that provide healthcare services to a person, community, etc. Examples of “healthcare providers” include doctors, hospitals, continuing care retirement communities, skilled nursing facilities, subacute care facilities, clinics, multispecialty clinics, freestanding ambulatory centers, home health agencies, and HMO's.
- The term “hydrate” as used herein, refers to a compound formed by the association of water with the parent compound.
- The term “metabolite” is intended to encompass compounds that are produced by metabolism of the parent compound under normal physiological conditions. For example, an N-methyl group may be cleaved to produce the corresponding N-desmethyl metabolite, or an amide may be cleaved to the corresponding carboxylic acid and amine. Preferred metabolites of the present invention include those that exhibit activity suitable for the treatment of obesity, metabolic syndrome, or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome.
- As used herein, a therapeutic that “prevents” a disorder or condition refers to a compound that, in a statistical sample, reduces the occurrence of the disorder or condition in the treated sample relative to an untreated control sample, or delays the onset or reduces the severity of one or more symptoms of the disorder or condition relative to the untreated control sample.
- The term “solvate” as used herein, refers to a compound formed by solvation (e.g., a compound formed by the combination of solvent molecules with molecules or ions of the solute).
- The term “treating” includes prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatments. The term “prophylactic or therapeutic” treatment is art-recognized and includes administration to the host of one or more of the subject compositions. If it is administered prior to clinical manifestation of the unwanted condition (e.g., disease or other unwanted state of the host animal) then the treatment is prophylactic (i.e., it protects the host against developing the unwanted condition), whereas if it is administered after manifestation of the unwanted condition, the treatment is therapeutic, (i.e., it is intended to diminish, ameliorate, or stabilize the existing unwanted condition or side effects thereof).
- The term “acyl” is art-recognized and refers to a group represented by the general formula hydrocarbylC(O)—, preferably alkylC(O)—.
- The term “acylamino” is art-recognized and refers to an amino group substituted with an acyl group and may be represented, for example, by the formula hydrocarbylC(O)NH—.
- The term “acyloxy” is art-recognized and refers to a group represented by the general formula hydrocarbylC(O)O—, preferably alkylC(O)O—.
- The term “alkoxy” refers to an alkyl group, preferably a lower alkyl group, having an oxygen attached thereto. Representative alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, tert-butoxy and the like.
- The term “alkoxyalkyl” refers to an alkyl group substituted with an alkoxy group and may be represented by the general formula alkyl-O-alkyl.
- The term “alkenyl”, as used herein, refers to an aliphatic group containing at least one double bond and is intended to include both “unsubstituted alkenyls” and “substituted alkenyls”, the latter of which refers to alkenyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the alkenyl group. Such substituents may occur on one or more carbons that are included or not included in one or more double bonds. Moreover, such substituents include all those contemplated for alkyl groups, as discussed below, except where stability is prohibitive. For example, substitution of alkenyl groups by one or more alkyl, carbocyclyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl groups is contemplated.
- The term “alkyl” refers to the radical of saturated aliphatic groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain alkyl groups, cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups, alkyl-substituted cycloalkyl groups, and cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl groups. In preferred embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C1-C30 for straight chains, C3-C30 for branched chains), and more preferably 20 or fewer. Likewise, preferred cycloalkyls have from 3-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure, and more preferably have 5, 6 or 7 carbons in the ring structure.
- Moreover; the term “alkyl” (or “lower alkyl”) as used throughout the specification, examples, and claims is intended to include both “unsubstituted alkyls” and “substituted alkyls”, the latter of which refers to alkyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents can include, for example, a halogen, a hydroxyl, a carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, an alkoxycarbonyl, a formyl, or an acyl), a thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), an alkoxyl, a phosphoryl, a phosphate, a phosphonate, a phosphinate, an amino, an amido, an amidine, an imine, a cyano, a nitro, an azido, a sulfhydryl, an alkylthio, a sulfate, a sulfonate, a sulfamoyl, a sulfonamido, a sulfonyl, a heterocyclyl, an aralkyl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the moieties substituted on the hydrocarbon chain can themselves be substituted, if appropriate. For instance, the substituents of a substituted alkyl may include substituted and unsubstituted forms of amino, azido, imino, amido, phosphoryl (including phosphonate and phosphinate), sulfonyl (including sulfate, sulfonamido, sulfamoyl and sulfonate), and silyl groups, as well as ethers, alkylthios, carbonyls (including ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, and esters), —CF3, —CN and the like. Exemplary substituted alkyls are described below. Cycloalkyls can be further substituted with alkyls, alkenyls, alkoxys, alkylthios, aminoalkyls, carbonyl-substituted alkyls, —CF3, —CN, and the like.
- The term “Cx-y” when used in conjunction with a chemical moiety, such as, acyl, acyloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or alkoxy is meant to include groups that contain from x to y carbons in the chain. For example, the term “Cx-yalkyl” refers to substituted or unsubstituted saturated hydrocarbon groups, including straight-chain alkyl and branched-chain alkyl groups that contain from x to y carbons in the chain, including haloalkyl groups such as trifluoromethyl and 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, etc. C0 alkyl indicates a hydrogen where the group is in a terminal position, a bond if internal. The terms “C2-yalkenyl” and “C2-yalkynyl” refer to substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain at least one double or triple bond respectively.
- The term “alkylamino”, as used herein, refers to an amino group substituted with at least one alkyl group.
- The term “alkylthio”, as used herein, refers to a thiol group substituted with an alkyl group and may be represented by the general formula alkylS—.
- The term “alkynyl”, as used herein, refers to an aliphatic group containing at least one triple bond and is intended to include both “unsubstituted alkynyls” and “substituted alkynyls”, the latter of which refers to alkynyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the alkynyl group. Such substituents may occur on one or more carbons that are included or not included in one or more triple bonds. Moreover, such substituents include all those contemplated for alkyl groups, as discussed above, except where stability is prohibitive. For example, substitution of alkynyl groups by one or more alkyl, carbocyclyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl groups is contemplated.
- The term “amide”, as used herein, refers to a group
- wherein R9 and R10 each independently represent a hydrogen or hydrocarbyl group, or R9 and R10 taken together with the N atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure.
- The terms “amine” and “amino” are art-recognized and refer to both unsubstituted and substituted amines and salts thereof, e.g., a moiety that can be represented by
- wherein R9, R10, and R10′ each independently represent a hydrogen or a hydrocarbyl group, or R9 and R10 taken together with the N atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure.
- The term “aminoalkyl”, as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with an amino group.
- The term “aralkyl”, as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group.
- The term “aryl” as used herein include substituted or unsubstituted single-ring aromatic groups in which each atom of the ring is carbon. Preferably the ring is a 5- to 7-membered ring, more preferably a 6-membered ring. The term “aryl” also includes polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings wherein at least one of the rings is aromatic, e.g., the other cyclic rings can be cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls, heteroaryls, and/or heterocyclyls. Aryl groups include benzene, naphthalene, phenanthrene, phenol, aniline, and the like.
- The term “carbamate” is art-recognized and refers to a group
- wherein R9 and R10 independently represent hydrogen or a hydrocarbyl group, such as an alkyl group, or R9 and R10 taken together with the intervening atom(s) complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure.
- The terms “carbocycle”, “carbocyclyl”, and “carbocyclic”, as used herein, refers to a non-aromatic saturated or unsaturated ring in which each atom of the ring is carbon. Preferably a carbocycle ring contains from 3 to 10 atoms, more preferably from 5 to 7 atoms.
- The term “carbocyclylalkyl”, as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with a carbocycle group.
- The term “carbonate” is art-recognized and refers to a group —OCO2—R9, wherein R9 represents a hydrocarbyl group.
- The term “carboxy”, as used herein, refers to a group represented by the formula —CO2H.
- The term “ester”, as used herein, refers to a group —C(O)OR9 wherein R9 represents a hydrocarbyl group.
- The term “ether”, as used herein, refers to a hydrocarbyl group linked through an oxygen to another hydrocarbyl group. Accordingly, an ether substituent of a hydrocarbyl group may be hydrocarbyl-O—. Ethers may be either symmetrical or unsymmetrical. Examples of ethers include, but are not limited to, heterocycle-O-heterocycle and aryl-O-heterocycle. Ethers include “alkoxyalkyl” groups, which may be represented by the general formula alkyl-O-alkyl.
- The terms “halo” and “halogen” as used herein means halogen and includes chloro, fluoro, bromo, and iodo.
- The terms “hetaralkyl” and “heteroaralkyl”, as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with a hetaryl group.
- The terms “heteroaryl” and “hetaryl” include substituted or unsubstituted aromatic single ring structures, preferably 5- to 7-membered rings, more preferably 5- to 6-membered rings, whose ring structures include at least one heteroatom, preferably one to four heteroatoms, more preferably one or two heteroatoms. The terms “heteroaryl” and “hetaryl” also include polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings wherein at least one of the rings is heteroaromatic, e.g., the other cyclic rings can be cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls, heteroaryls, and/or heterocyclyls. Heteroaryl groups include, for example, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine, and pyrimidine, and the like.
- The term “heteroatom” as used herein means an atom of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred heteroatoms are nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
- The terms “heterocyclyl”, “heterocycle”, and “heterocyclic” refer to substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic ring structures, preferably 3- to 10-membered rings, more preferably 3- to 7-membered rings, whose ring structures include at least one heteroatom, preferably one to four heteroatoms, more preferably one or two heteroatoms. The terms “heterocyclyl” and “heterocyclic” also include polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings wherein at least one of the rings is heterocyclic, e.g., the other cyclic rings can be cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls, heteroaryls, and/or heterocyclyls. Heterocyclyl groups include, for example, piperidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, morpholine, lactones, lactams, and the like.
- The term “heterocyclylalkyl”, as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with a heterocycle group.
- The term “hydrocarbyl”, as used herein, refers to a group that is bonded through a carbon atom that does not have a ═O or ═S substituent, and typically has at least one carbon-hydrogen bond and a primarily carbon backbone, but may optionally include heteroatoms. Thus, groups like methyl, ethoxyethyl, 2-pyridyl, and trifluoromethyl are considered to be hydrocarbyl for the purposes of this application, but substituents such as acetyl (which has a ═O substituent on the linking carbon) and ethoxy (which is linked through oxygen, not carbon) are not. Hydrocarbyl groups include, but are not limited to aryl, heteroaryl, carbocycle, heterocycle, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and combinations thereof.
- The term “hydroxyalkyl”, as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with a hydroxy group.
- The term “lower” when used in conjunction with a chemical moiety, such as, acyl, acyloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or alkoxy is meant to include groups where there are ten or fewer non-hydrogen atoms in the substituent, preferably six or fewer. A “lower alkyl”, for example, refers to an alkyl group that contains ten or fewer carbon atoms, preferably six or fewer. In certain embodiments, acyl, acyloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or alkoxy substituents defined herein are respectively lower acyl, lower acyloxy, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, or lower alkoxy, whether they appear alone or in combination with other substituents, such as in the recitations hydroxyalkyl and aralkyl (in which case, for example, the atoms within the aryl group are not counted when counting the carbon atoms in the alkyl substituent).
- The terms “polycyclyl”, “polycycle”, and “polycyclic” refer to two or more rings (e.g., cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls, heteroaryls, and/or heterocyclyls) in which two or more atoms are common to two adjoining rings, e.g., the rings are “fused rings”. Each of the rings of the polycycle can be substituted or unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, each ring of the polycycle contains from 3 to 10 atoms in the ring, preferably from 5 to 7.
- The term “substituted” refers to moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the backbone. It will be understood that “substitution” or “substituted with” includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. As used herein, the term “substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and non-aromatic substituents of organic compounds. The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. For purposes of this invention, the heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms. Substituents can include any substituents described herein, for example, a halogen, a hydroxyl, a carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, an alkoxycarbonyl, a formyl, or an acyl), a thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), an alkoxyl, a phosphoryl, a phosphate, a phosphonate, a phosphinate, an amino, an amido, an amidine, an imine, a cyano, a nitro, an azido, a sulfhydryl, an alkylthio, a sulfate, a sulfonate, a sulfamoyl, a sulfonamido, a sulfonyl, a heterocyclyl, an aralkyl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the moieties substituted on the hydrocarbon chain can themselves be substituted, if appropriate.
- Unless specifically stated as “unsubstituted,” references to chemical moieties herein are understood to include substituted variants. For example, reference to an “aryl” group or moiety implicitly includes both substituted and unsubstituted variants.
- The term “sulfate” is art-recognized and refers to the group —OSO3H, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- The term “sulfonamide” is art-recognized and refers to the group represented by the general formulae
- wherein R9 and R10 independently represents hydrogen or hydrocarbyl, such as alkyl, or R9 and R10 taken together with the intervening atom(s) complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure.
- The term “sulfoxide” is art-recognized and refers to the group —S(O)—R9, wherein R9 represents a hydrocarbyl.
- The term “sulfonate” is art-recognized and refers to the group SO3H, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- The term “sulfone” is art-recognized and refers to the group —S(O)2—R9, wherein R9 represents a hydrocarbyl.
- The term “thioalkyl”, as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with a thiol group.
- The term “thioester”, as used herein, refers to a group —C(O)SR9 or —SC(O)R9 wherein R9 represents a hydrocarbyl.
- The term “thioether”, as used herein, is equivalent to an ether, wherein the oxygen is replaced with a sulfur.
- The term “urea” is art-recognized and may be represented by the general formula
- wherein R9 and R10 independently represent hydrogen or a hydrocarbyl, such as alkyl, or either occurrence of R9 taken together with R10 and the intervening atom(s) complete a heterocycle having from 4 to 8 atoms in the ring structure.
- Certain compounds of the present invention may exist in particular geometric or stereoisomeric forms. The present invention contemplates all such compounds, including cis- and trans-isomers, R- and S-enantiomers, diastereomers, (D)-isomers, (L)-isomers, the racemic mixtures thereof, and other mixtures thereof, as falling within the scope of the invention. Additional asymmetric carbon atoms may be present in a substituent such as an alkyl group. All such isomers, as well as mixtures thereof, are intended to be included in this invention.
- Methods of preparing substantially isomerically pure compounds are known in the art. If, for instance, a particular enantiomer of a compound of the present invention is desired, it may be prepared by asymmetric synthesis, or by derivation with a chiral auxiliary, where the resulting diastereomeric mixture is separated and the auxiliary group cleaved to provide the pure desired enantiomers. Alternatively, where the molecule contains a basic functional group, such as amino, or an acidic functional group, such as carboxyl, diastereomeric salts may be formed with an appropriate optically active acid or base, followed by resolution of the diastereomers thus formed by fractional crystallization or chromatographic means well known in the art, and subsequent recovery of the pure enantiomers. Alternatively, enantiomerically enriched mixtures and pure enantiomeric compounds can be prepared by using synthetic intermediates that are enantiomerically pure in combination with reactions that either leave the stereochemistry at a chiral center unchanged or result in its complete inversion. Techniques for inverting or leaving unchanged a particular stereocenter, and those for resolving mixtures of stereoisomers are well known in the art, and it is well within the ability of one of skill in the art to choose an appropriate method for a particular situation. See, generally, Furniss et al. (eds.), Vogel's Encyclopedia of
Practical Organic Chemistry 5th Ed., Longman Scientific and Technical Ltd., Essex, 1991, pp. 809-816; and Heller, Acc. Chem. Res. 23: 128 (1990). - The amount of active agent(s) (e.g., a compound of the invention, such as a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va or VI) administered can vary with the patient, the route of administration and the result sought. Optimum dosing regimens for particular patients can be readily determined by one skilled in the art.
- Compounds of the invention may be administered to an individual in need thereof. In certain embodiments, the individual is a mammal such as a human, or a non-human mammal. When administered to an individual, the compound of the invention can be administered as a pharmaceutical composition containing, for example, the compound of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are well known in the art and include, for example, aqueous solutions such as water or physiologically buffered saline or other solvents or vehicles such as glycols, glycerol, oils such as olive oil or injectable organic esters. In a preferred embodiment, when such pharmaceutical compositions are for human administration, the aqueous solution is pyrogen free, or substantially pyrogen free, or has low enough pyrogen activity. The excipients can be chosen, for example, to effect delayed release of an agent or to selectively target one or more cells, tissues or organs. The pharmaceutical composition can be in dosage unit form such as tablet, capsule, sprinkle capsule, granule, powder, syrup, suppository, injection or the like. The composition can also be present in a transdermal delivery system, e.g., a skin patch.
- The term “low enough pyrogen activity”, with reference to a pharmaceutical preparation, refers to a preparation that does not contain a pyrogen in an amount that would lead to an adverse effect (e.g., irritation, fever, inflammation, diarrhea, respiratory distress, endotoxic shock, etc.) in a subject to which the preparation has been administered. For example, the term is meant to encompass preparations that are free of, or substantially free of, an endotoxin such as, for example, a lipopolysaccharide (LPS).
- A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier can contain physiologically acceptable agents that act, for example, to stabilize or to increase the absorption of a compound of the invention. Such physiologically acceptable agents include, for example, carbohydrates, such as glucose, sucrose or dextrans, antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid or glutathione, chelating agents, low molecular weight proteins or other stabilizers or excipients. The choice of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, including a physiologically acceptable agent, depends, for example, on the route of administration of the composition. The pharmaceutical composition (preparation) also can be a liposome or other polymer matrix, which can have incorporated therein, for example, a compound of the invention. Liposomes, for example, which consist of phospholipids or other lipids, are nontoxic, physiologically acceptable and metabolizable carriers that are relatively simple to make and administer.
- The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” as used herein means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material. Each carrier must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the patient. Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid; (16) pyrogen-free water; (17) isotonic saline; (18) Ringer's solution; (19) ethyl alcohol; (20) phosphate buffer solutions; and (21) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations.
- A pharmaceutical composition (preparation) containing a compound of the invention can be administered to a subject by any of a number of routes of administration including, for example, orally (for example, drenches as in aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions, tablets, boluses, powders, granules, pastes for application to the tongue); sublingually; anally, rectally or vaginally (for example, as a pessary, cream or foam); parenterally (including intramuscularly, intravenously, subcutaneously or intrathecally as, for example, a sterile solution or suspension); nasally; intraperitoneally; subcutaneously; transdermally (for example as a patch applied to the skin); and topically (for example, as a cream, ointment or spray applied to the skin). The compound may also be formulated for inhalation. In certain embodiments a compound of the invention may be simply dissolved or suspended in sterile water. Details of appropriate routes of administration and compositions suitable for same can be found in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,110,973, 5,763,493, 5,731,000, 5,541,231, 5,427,798, 5,358,970 and 4,172,896, as well as in patents cited therein. The most preferred route of administration is the oral route.
- The formulations of the present invention may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. The amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host being treated, the particular mode of administration. The amount of active ingredient that can be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will generally be that amount of the compound which produces a therapeutic effect. Generally, out of one hundred percent, this amount will range from about 1 percent to about ninety-nine percent of active ingredient, preferably from about 5 percent to about 70 percent, most preferably from about 10 percent to about 30 percent.
- Methods of preparing these formulations or compositions include the step of bringing into association a compound of the present invention with the carrier and, optionally, one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association a compound of the present invention with liquid carriers, or finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
- Formulations of the invention suitable for oral administration may be in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion, or as an elixir or syrup, or as pastilles (using an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia) and/or as mouth washes and the like, each containing a predetermined amount of a compound of the present invention as an active ingredient. A compound of the present invention may also be administered as a bolus, electuary or paste.
- In solid dosage forms of the invention for oral administration (capsules, tablets, pills, dragees, powders, granules and the like), the active ingredient is mixed with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate, and/or any of the following: (1) fillers or extenders, such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and/or silicic acid; (2) binders, such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose and/or acacia; (3) humectants, such as glycerol; (4) disintegrating agents, such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate; (5) solution retarding agents, such as paraffin; (6) absorption accelerators, such as quaternary ammonium compounds; (7) wetting agents, such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate; (8) absorbents, such as kaolin and bentonite clay; (9) lubricants, such a talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof; and (10) coloring agents. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise buffering agents. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugars, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
- A tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared using binder (for example, gelatin or hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose), lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (for example, sodium starch glycolate or cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), surface-active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
- The tablets, and other solid dosage forms of the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention, such as dragees, capsules, pills and granules, may optionally be scored or prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical-formulating art. They may also be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile, other polymer matrices, liposomes and/or microspheres. They may be sterilized by, for example, filtration through a bacteria-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions that can be dissolved in sterile water, or some other sterile injectable medium immediately before use. These compositions may also optionally contain opacifying agents and may be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain portion of the gastrointestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. The active ingredient can also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-described excipients.
- Liquid dosage forms for oral administration of the compounds of the invention include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active ingredient, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
- Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming and preservative agents.
- Suspensions, in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
- Formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention for rectal, vaginal, or urethral administration may be presented as a suppository, which may be prepared by mixing one or more compounds of the invention with one or more suitable nonirritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
- Alternatively or additionally, compositions can be formulated for delivery via a catheter, stent, wire, or other intraluminal device. Delivery via such devices may be especially useful for delivery to the bladder, urethra, ureter, rectum, or intestine.
- Formulations of the present invention which are suitable for vaginal administration also include pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
- Dosage forms for the topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches and inhalants. The active compound may be mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants that may be required.
- The ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to an active compound of this invention, excipients, such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
- Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to a compound of this invention, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances. Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants, such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons, such as butane and propane.
- Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound of the present invention to the body. Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispersing the compound in the proper medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate of such flux can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
- Ophthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders, solutions and the like, are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
- The phrases “parenteral administration” and “administered parenterally” as used herein means modes of administration other than enteral and topical administration, usually by injection, and includes, without limitation, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intraarticular, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal and intrasternal injection and infusion.
- Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention suitable for parenteral administration comprise one or more compounds of the invention in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient or suspending or thickening agents.
- Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers that may be employed in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
- These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like into the compositions. In addition, prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents that delay absorption such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- In some cases, in order to prolong the effect of a drug, it is desirable to slow the absorption of the drug from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material having poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolution, which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in an oil vehicle.
- Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsulated matrices of the subject compounds in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending on the ratio of drug to polymer, and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions that are compatible with body tissue.
- When the compounds of the present invention are administered as pharmaceuticals, to humans and animals, they can be given per se or as a pharmaceutical composition containing, for example, 0.1 to 99.5% (more preferably, 0.5 to 90%) of active ingredient in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- The addition of the active compound of the invention to animal feed is preferably accomplished by preparing an appropriate feed premix containing the active compound in an effective amount and incorporating the premix into the complete ration.
- Alternatively, an intermediate concentrate or feed supplement containing the active ingredient can be blended into the feed. The way in which such feed premixes and complete rations can be prepared and administered are described in reference books (such as “Applied Animal Nutrition”, W.H. Freedman and CO., San Francisco, U.S.A., 1969 or “Livestock Feeds and Feeding” O and B books, Corvallis, Ore., U.S.A., 1977).
- Methods of introduction may also be provided by rechargeable or biodegradable devices. Various slow release polymeric devices have been developed and tested in vivo in recent years for the controlled delivery of drugs, including proteinaceous biopharmaceuticals. A variety of biocompatible polymers (including hydrogels), including both biodegradable and non-degradable polymers, can be used to form an implant for the sustained release of a compound at a particular target site.
- Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient that is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient.
- The selected dosage level will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the particular compound of the present invention employed, or the ester, salt or amide thereof, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular compound employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
- A physician or veterinarian having ordinary skill in the art can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition required. For example, the physician or veterinarian could start doses of the compounds of the invention employed in the pharmaceutical composition at levels lower than that required in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved.
- In general, a suitable daily dose of a compound of the invention will be that amount of the compound that is the lowest dose effective to produce a therapeutic effect. Such an effective dose will generally depend upon the factors described above.
- If desired, the effective daily dose of the active compound may be administered as one, two, three, four, five, six or more sub-doses administered separately at appropriate intervals throughout the day, optionally, in unit dosage forms. In certain embodiments of the present invention, the active compound may be administered two or three times daily. In preferred embodiments, the active compound will be administered once daily.
- The patient receiving this treatment is any animal in need, including primates, in particular humans, and other mammals such as equines, cattle, swine and sheep; and poultry and pets in general.
- In certain embodiments, a compound of the present invention may be used alone or conjointly administered with another type of therapeutic agent. As used herein, the phrase “conjoint administration” refers to any form of administration of two or more different therapeutic compounds such that the second compound is administered while the previously administered therapeutic compound is still effective in the body (e.g., the two compounds are simultaneously effective in the patient, which may include synergistic effects of the two compounds). For example, the different therapeutic compounds can be administered either in the same formulation or in a separate formulation, either concomitantly or sequentially. Thus, an individual who receives such treatment can benefit from a combined effect of different therapeutic compounds.
- In certain embodiments, a compound of the present invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt) may be administered conjointly with another treatment for diabetes including, but not limited to, sulfonyl ureas (e.g., chlorpropamide, tolbutamide, glyburide, glipizide, or glimepiride), medications that decrease the amount of glucose produced by the liver (e.g., metformin), meglitinides (e.g., repaglinide or nateglinide), medications that decrease the absorption of carbohydrates from the intestine (e.g., alpha glucosidase inhibitors such as acarbose), medications that effect glycemic control (e.g., pramlintide or exenatide), DPP-IV inhibitors (e.g., sitagliptin), insulin treatment, or combinations of the above.
- In certain embodiments, a compound of the present invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt) may be administered conjointly with another treatment for obesity including, but not limited to, orlistat, sibutramine, phendimetrazine, phentermine, diethylpropion, benzphetamine, mazindol, dextroamphetamine, rimonabant, cetilistat, GT 389-255, APD356, pramlintide/AC137, PYY3-36, AC 162352/PYY3-36, oxyntomodulin, TM 30338, AOD 9604, oleoyl-estrone, bromocriptine, ephedrine, leptin, pseudoephedrine, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- It is contemplated that a compound of the present invention will be administered to a subject (e.g., a mammal, preferably a human) in a therapeutically effective amount (dose). By “therapeutically effective amount” is meant the concentration of a compound that is sufficient to elicit the desired therapeutic effect (e.g., treatment of obesity, metabolic syndrome, or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome, such as obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia). It is generally understood that the effective amount of the compound will vary according to the weight, sex, age, and medical history of the subject. Other factors which influence the effective amount may include, but are not limited to, the severity of the patient's condition, the disorder being treated, the stability of the compound, and, if desired, another type of therapeutic agent being administered with the compound of the invention. A larger total dose can be delivered by multiple administrations of the agent. Methods to determine efficacy and dosage are known to those skilled in the art (Isselbacher et al. (1996) Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine 13 ed., 1814-1882, herein incorporated by reference).
- As used herein, compounds of the invention (e.g., compounds of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt) include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of the invention. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of the invention can also exist as various solvates, such as with water, methanol, ethanol, dimethylformamide, and the like. Mixtures of such solvates can also be prepared. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated forms and are encompassed within the scope of the present invention. The source of such solvate can be from the solvent of crystallization, inherent in the solvent of preparation or crystallization, or adventitious to such solvent. Certain compounds of the present invention may exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated by the present invention and are intended to be within the scope of the present invention.
- The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” includes salts of the active compounds which are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the particular substituents found on the compounds described herein. When compounds of the present invention contain relatively acidic functionalities, base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, or magnesium salt, or a similar salt. When compounds of the present invention contain relatively basic functionalities, acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, trifluoroacetic, propionic, isobutyric, maleic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, lactic, mandelic, phthalic, benzensulfonic, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, methanesulfonic, and the like. Also included are the salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like (see, for example, Berge et al., “Pharmaceutical Salts”, Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 1977, 66, 1-19). Certain specific compounds of the present invention may contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts.
- The neutral forms of the compounds are preferably regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in the conventional manner. The parent form of the compound differs form the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but otherwise the salts are equivalent to the parent form of the compound for the purposes of the present invention.
- Methods of preparing substantially isomerically pure compounds are known in the art. If, for instance, a particular enantiomer of a compound of the present invention is desired, it may be prepared by asymmetric synthesis, or by derivation with a chiral auxiliary, where the resulting diastereomeric mixture is separated and the auxiliary group cleaved to provide the pure desired enantiomers. Alternatively, where the molecule contains a basic functional group, such as amino, or an acidic functional group, such as carboxyl, diastereomeric salts may be formed with an appropriate optically active acid or base, followed by resolution of the diastereomers thus formed by fractional crystallization or chromatographic means well known in the art, and subsequent recovery of the pure enantiomers. Alternatively, enantiomerically enriched mixtures and pure enantiomeric compounds can be prepared by using synthetic intermediates that are enantiomerically pure in combination with reactions that either leave the stereochemistry at a chiral center unchanged or result in its complete inversion. Techniques for inverting or leaving unchanged a particular stereocenter, and those for resolving mixtures of stereoisomers are well known in the art, and it is well within the ability of one of skill in the art to choose an appropriate method for a particular situation. See, generally, Furniss et al. (eds.), Vogel's Encyclopedia of
Practical Organic Chemistry 5th Ed., Longman Scientific and Technical Ltd., Essex, 1991, pp. 809-816; and Heller, Acc. Chem. Res. 23: 128 (1990). - Compounds of the invention (e.g., compounds of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt) may be synthesized using methods well-known in the art. For example, compounds of formula Ia may be synthesized by the formation of the amide from its corresponding amine (3) and carboxylic acid (2), as shown in Scheme 1. In certain embodiments, the carboxylic acid is converted to a carbonyl chloride before reacting with the amine.
- In certain embodiments, the amine (3) is norfluoxetine or an analog thereof. Norfluoxetine can be prepared by any of a number of methods generally known in the art. For example, there are several methods provided in the literature for making the racemate of norfluoxetine (U.S. Pat. No. 4,313,896). The racemate of norfluoxetine in turn can be resolved, if desired, into its (S) and (R) components by standard methods. In particular, norfluoxetine can be reacted with an enantiomerically pure chiral derivatizing agent, resolved on the basis of the different physicochemical properties of the diastereomeric derivatives, and then converted to the two separate enantiomers of norfluoxetine. One particularly preferred method of accomplishing this derivatization is analogous to that described in Robertson et al., J. Med. Chem., 31, 1412 (1988), wherein fluoxetine was reacted with an optically active form of 1-(1-naphthyl)ethyl isocyanate to form a urea derivative of fluoxetine. A similar mixture of norfluoxetine diastereomeric ureas can be separated through high pressure liquid chromatography into the individual diastereomers. Each individual diastereomer, in turn, can then be hydrolyzed to the individual enantiomers of norfluoxetine.
- In certain embodiments, the carboxylic acid (2) is the carboxylic acid formed by hydrolysis of the ester of fenofibrate or an analog thereof. Fenofibrate can be prepared by any of a number of methods generally known in the art.
- In certain embodiments, compounds of formula IIa may be synthesized by the formation of the amide from its corresponding amine and carboxylic acid. In certain embodiments, the amine is norfluoxetine or an analog thereof. In certain embodiments, the carboxylic acid is ibuprofen or an analog thereof. Ibuprofen can be prepared by any number of methods generally known in the art.
- In certain embodiments, compounds of formula IIIa may be synthesized by the formation of the amide from its corresponding amine and carboxylic acid. In certain embodiments, the amine is norfluoxetine or an analog thereof. In certain embodiments, the carboxylic acid is ketorolac or an analog thereof. Ketorolac can be prepared by any number of methods generally known in the art.
- In certain embodiments, compounds of formula IVa may be synthesized by the formation of the amide from its corresponding amine and carboxylic acid. In certain embodiments, the amine is norfluoxetine or an analog thereof. In certain embodiments, the carboxylic acid is ketoprofen or an analog thereof. Ketoprofen can be prepared by any number of methods generally known in the art.
- In certain embodiments, compounds of formula Va may be synthesized by the formation of the amide from its corresponding amine and carboxylic acid. In certain embodiments, the amine is norfluoxetine or an analog thereof. In certain embodiments, the carboxylic acid is indomethacin or an analog thereof. Indomethacin can be prepared by any number of methods generally known in the art.
- Wetting agents, emulsifiers and lubricants, such as sodium lauryl sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the compositions.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable antioxidants include: (1) water soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid, cysteine hydrochloride, sodium bisulfate, sodium metabisulfite, sodium sulfite and the like; (2) oil-soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), lecithin, propyl gallate, alpha-tocopherol, and the like; and (3) metal chelating agents, such as citric acid, ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA), sorbitol, tartaric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
- The present invention provides a kit comprising:
-
- a) one or more single dosage forms each comprising a dose of a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient; and
- b) instructions for administering the single dosage forms for the treatment of obesity, metabolic syndrome, or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia).
- In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, by manufacturing a formulation or kit as described herein, and marketing to healthcare providers the benefits of using the formulation or kit in the treatment of obesity, metabolic syndrome, or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia).
- In certain embodiments, the invention provides a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, by providing a distribution network for selling a formulation or kit as described herein, and providing instruction material to patients or physicians for using the formulation to treat obesity, metabolic syndrome, or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia).
- In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, by providing a distribution network for selling a formulation or kit as described herein, and providing instruction material to patients or physicians for using the formulation to treat obesity, metabolic syndrome, or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia).
- In certain embodiments, the invention comprises a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, by determining an appropriate formulation and dosage of a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt) to be administered in the treatment of obesity, metabolic syndrome, or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia), conducting therapeutic profiling of identified formulations for efficacy and toxicity in animals, and providing a distribution network for selling an identified preparation as having an acceptable therapeutic profile. In certain embodiments, the method further includes providing a sales group for marketing the preparation to healthcare providers.
- In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business by determining an appropriate formulation and dosage of a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt) to be administered in the treatment of obesity, metabolic syndrome, or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome (e.g., obesity, diabetes, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia), and licensing, to a third party, the rights for further development and sale of the formulation.
- The present invention provides a kit comprising:
-
- a) one or more single dosage forms each comprising a dose of a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient; and
- b) instructions for administering the single dosage forms for the treatment of depression.
- In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, by manufacturing a formulation or kit as described herein, and marketing to healthcare providers the benefits of using the formulation or kit in the treatment of depression.
- In certain embodiments, the invention provides a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, by providing a distribution network for selling a formulation or kit as described herein, and providing instruction material to patients or physicians for using the formulation to treat depression.
- In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, by providing a distribution network for selling a formulation or kit as described herein, and providing instruction material to patients or physicians for using the formulation to treat depression.
- In certain embodiments, the invention comprises a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business, by determining an appropriate formulation and dosage of a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of any of formulae I, Ia, II, IIa, III, IIIa, IV, IVa, V, Va, or VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt) to be administered in the treatment of depression, conducting therapeutic profiling of identified formulations for efficacy and toxicity in animals, and providing a distribution network for selling an identified preparation as having an acceptable therapeutic profile. In certain embodiments, the method further includes providing a sales group for marketing the preparation to healthcare providers.
- In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a method for conducting a pharmaceutical business by determining an appropriate formulation and dosage of a compound of the invention (e.g., a compound of formula I or Ia, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt) to be administered in the treatment of depression, and licensing, to a third party, the rights for further development and sale of the formulation.
- An assay to assess in vitro CB1 activity was performed according to reported procedures in Compton, D. R. et al., “Cannabinoid structure activity relationships: correlation of receptor binding and in vivo activities” J Pharmacol Exp Ther., 265(1): 218-226 and Rinaldi-Carmona M., et al., “Characterization of two cloned human CB1 cannabinoid receptor isoforms,” J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 278(2): 871-878 under the following conditions:
- Source: Human recombinant HEK-293 cells
- Incubation Time/Temp: 90 minutes @ 37° C.
- KD: 1.3 nM (historical value)
Bmax: 0.7 pmole/mg Protein (historical value)
Specific Binding: 60% (historical value) - Significance Criteria: ≧50% of max stimulation or inhibition
- A mixture of compounds 8a and 8b was tested in this assay and demonstrated an IC50 of 208 nM.
- Proton and carbon NMR spectra were obtained on a
Bruker AC 300 spectrometer at 300 MHz and 75 MHz, respectively. Proton spectra were referenced to tetramethylsilane as an internal standard. Melting points were obtained on a Mel-Temp II apparatus and are uncorrected. HPLC analyses were obtained using an Alltech Alltima C18 Rocket Column Method A (Table 1) with UV detection using standard solvent programs on a Shimadzu Prominence HPLC system. -
TABLE 1 HPLC (Method A): Flow Time (mL/min) % A % B 1.00 2.5 mL 90 10 4.50 2.5 mL 0 100 10.00 2.5 mL 0 100 11.50 2.5 mL 90 10 Alltech Altima C18 Rocket Column A = Water with 0.05% v/v Trifluoroacetic Acid B = Acetonitrile with 0.05% v/v Trifluoroacetic Acid UV Detection at 254 nm - Preparation of Benzyl 2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropanoate (102): A solution of 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanoic acid (101, 9.27 g, 89.1 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (7.49 g, 89.1 mmol), benzyl bromide (16.8 g, 98.0 mmol) and tetrabutylammonium iodide (32.9 g, 89.1 mmol) in H2O/CH2Cl2 (1:1, 300 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 d. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (200 mL) and the organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×50 mL) and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 7:3 hexanes/EtOAc) provided 102 (12.2 g, 70%) as a yellow oil: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.37-7.32 (m, 5H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 3.05 (s, 1H), 1.45 (s, 6H).
- Preparation of Benzyl 2-[4-(4-Chlorobenzoyl)phenoxy]-2-methylpropanoate (104): A solution of 102 (8.77 g, 45.1 mmol) and diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (11.4 g, 56.4 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (120 mL) was added dropwise at 100° C. over 4 h to a mixture of (4-chlorophenyl)(4-hydroxyphenyl)methanone (103, 11.0 g, 47.4 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (14.8 g, 56.4 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (240 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH/Cl2 (200 mL) and filtered through a plug of silica gel to remove polar side products. The remaining organic fractions were concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 1-10% EtOAc in hexanes) provided 104 (8.14 g, 44%) as a pale yellow oil: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.69-7.62 (m, 4H), 7.44 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.31-7.25 (m, 5H), 6.77 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 1.67 (s, 6H).
- Preparation of 2-[4-(4-Chlorobenzoyl)phenoxy]-2-methylpropanoic Acid (105): To a solution of 104 (5.00 g, 12.2 mmol) in ethanol (150 mL) was added a solution of potassium hydroxide (2.74 g, 48.9 mmol) in ethanol (50 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated at reflux and stirred for 16 h. Ethanol was removed under vacuum and water (200 mL) was added. The aqueous solution was washed with diethyl ether (2×100 mL) and acidified to pH 1 with 2 N HCl. The acidic aqueous solution was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×150 mL) and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to provide 105 (3.57 g, 91%) as an off-white solid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.75-7.70 (m, 4H), 7.52 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 1.65 (s, 6H).
- Preparation of (R)-RuCl [(1R,2R)-p-TsNCH(C6H5)CH(C6H5)NH2](η6-cymene) (108): A mixture of [RuCl2(η6-cymene)]2 (106, 400 mg, 0.65 mmol), (1R,2R)-N-p-toluenesulfonyl-1,2-diphenylethylenediamine (107, 500 mg, 1.36 mmol), and triethylamine (0.40 mL, 2.80 mmol) in 2-propanol (10 mL) was heated at 80° C. for 1 h. The orange solution was concentrated in vacuo and the solid ruthenium complex was washed with a small amount of water. The filter cake was dried under reduced pressure to afford 108 (820 mg, 91%) as a brown solid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.16-7.03 (m, 5H), 6.79-6.51 (m, 9H), 5.69-5.64 (m, 4H), 3.88-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 1.39 (s, 6H).
- Preparation of (R)-3-Hydroxy-3-phenylpropanenitrile (110): A mixture of triethylamine (1.25 mL, 8.90 mmol) and formic acid (0.40 mL, 12.4 mmol) was added to 2-cyanoacetophenone (109, 498 mg, 3.40 mmol) and ruthenium catalyst 108 (5.0 mg, 0.008 mmol). The mixture was then stirred at 30-35° C. for 2.5 d, after which, the reaction mixture was neutralized with saturated NaHCO3 (2 mL) and diluted with ethyl acetate (5 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (4 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 3:1 hexanes/EtOAc) to afford 110 (377 mg, 76%) as an amorphous solid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.40-7.35 (m, 5H), 5.09-5.03 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.35 (d, J=14.4 Hz, 1H); [α]23 D +53.1°: (c 0.82, ethanol).
- Preparation of (R)-3-Amino-1-phenylpropan-1-ol (111): A solution of borane-dimethyl sulfide complex (2.0 M in THF, 4.5 mL, 9.0 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 110 (1.2 g, 8.16 mmol) in anhydrous THF (5 mL) at 0° C. under nitrogen. The mixture was heated at 70° C. for 4 h. After cooling to 0° C., 15 mL of methanol was carefully added and the reaction mixture was evaporated to a residue, which was taken up in 2 N NaOH (20 mL) and extracted with 2-propanol (3×15 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 10:1:0.01 EtOAc/MeOH/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) to afford 111 (920 mg, 76%) as an amorphous solid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.32-7.21 (m, 5H), 4.99-4.94 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.06 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.47 (br s, 2H), 1.87-1.72 (m, 2H).
- Preparation of (R)-3-Phenyl-3-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]propan-1-amine (113): To a solution of 111 (0.78 g, 5.16 mmol) in anhydrous DMSO (25 mL) at 0° C. was added sodium hydride (0.32 g, 8.0 mmol, 60% in mineral oil) and was then heated at 55° C. for 30 min to form the alkoxide. To the alkoxide was slowly added 4-chlorobenzotrifluoride (112, 1.4 g, 7.6 mmol) and the resultant mixture was heated at 90° C. for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was diluted with 2 N NaOH (40 mL) and was extracted with diethyl ether (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 100:1: EtOAc/MeOH/Et3N) to afford 113 (1.18 g, 78%) as an amorphous solid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.43 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 2H), 7.35-7.24 (m, 5H), 6.90 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 2H), 5.32 (dd, J=14.0, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.89 (t, J=11.5 Hz, 1H), 2.26-2.14 (m, 1H), 2.05-1.93 (m, 1H).
- Preparation of 4-Nitrophenyl 2-[4-(4-Chlorobenzoyl)phenoxy]-2-methylpropanoate (114): To a solution of 105 (980 mg, 3.1 mmol) and p-nitrophenol (535 mg, 3.83 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (80 mL) was added N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (833 mg, 4.04 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (92 mg, 0.75 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was directly passed through a plug of silica gel eluting with 8:1 hexanes/EtOAc. The crude white solid 114 (1.50 g) was used directly in the next coupling step without further purification.
- Preparation of (R)-2-[4-(4-Chlorobenzoyl)phenoxy]-2-methyl-N-[3-phenyl-3-(4-trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]propyl)propanamide (1a): To a solution of 113 (456 mg, 1.55 mmol) and 114 (816 mg, 1.69 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added 4-dimethylaminopyridine (66 mg, 0.54 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with 2 N NaOH (40 mL) and was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 6:1 hexanes/EtOAc) to afford 1a (480 mg, 63%) as an amorphous solid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.76-7.66 (m, 4H), 7.45-7.36 (m, 4H), 7.31-7.19 (m, 5H), 6.97-6.78 (m, 5H), 5.19 (t, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 3.60-3.42 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.12 (m, 2H), 1.60 (s, 6H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 173.6, 159.6, 158.3, 139.7, 138.4, 135.8, 131.6, 131.3, 130.9, 128.7, 128.4, 128.1, 127.9, 126.6, 126.5, 125.7, 125.3, 119.1, 115.4, 81.7, 78.9, 37.6, 36.4, 25.0; ESI MS m/z 618 [M+Na]+.
- Preparation of 3-Methyl-3-nitro-1-phenylbutan-1-one (117): To a solution of cerium(IV) ammonium nitrate (11.7 g, 21.3 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (55 mL) was added a solution of trimethyl(1-phenylvinyloxy)silane (116, 1.83 g, 9.54 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (90 mL) at −78° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. At the same temperature, a mixture of potassium hydroxide (0.819 g, 14.6 mmol) and 2-nitropropane (115, 1.00 g, 11.2 mmol) in MeOH (90 mL) was gradually added. After 15 min, the reaction was quenched by adding 0.1 M Na2S2O3 (10 mL) and water (100 mL). The mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 (4×100 mL) and the combined extracts were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to provide 117 (1.40 g, crude) as a yellow solid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.99-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.64-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.46 (m, 2H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 1.72 (s, 6H); ESI m/z 239 [M+MeOH]+.
- Preparation of 3-Amino-3-methyl-1-phenylbutan-1-one (118): To a solution of 117 (500 mg, 2.41 mmol) in H2O/MeOH/THF (2:1:1, 24 mL) was added iron powder (674 mg, 12.1 mmol) and ammonium chloride (258 mg, 4.82 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature and then heated to 55°C. for an additional 3 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL) and filtered through a plug of diatomaceous earth and the plug was washed with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic extract was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was taken up in Et2O (20 mL) and 2 N HCl (20 mL) was added. The resultant solution was stirred and Et2O was evaporated under vacuum. The resultant mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL). The acidic aqueous layer was basified to
pH 10 with 1 M NaOH and the resultant mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum to provide 118 (100 mg, 14% over 2 steps) as a yellow oil: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.95-7.92 (m, 2H), 7.58-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.42 (m, 2H), 3.07 (s, 2H), 1.27 (s, 6H). - Preparation of (R)-3-Amino-3-methyl-1-phenylbutan-1-ol (120): To a solution of (S)-Me-CBS (119, 1 M in toluene, 0.10 mL, 0.10 mmol) and borane-tetrahydrofuran complex (1.0 M in THF, 1.3 mL, 1.3 mmol) in anhydrous THF (1 mL) at 0° C. was added dropwise 118 (68 mg, 0.38 mmol) in anhydrous THF (3 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 4 h. The reaction mixture was poured onto 2 N NaOH (5 mL) and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×8 mL) and diethyl ether (2×8 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 10:1:0.01 EtOAc/MeOH/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) to afford 120 (40 mg, 59%) as an amorphous solid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.38-7.22 (m, 5H), 5.01 (dd, J=18.0, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 1.74-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.36 (s, 6H), 1.22 (s, 6H).
- Preparation of (R)-2-Methyl-4-phenyl-4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]butan-2-amine (122): To a solution of 120 (59 mg, 0.33 mmol) in anhydrous DMSO (3 mL) at room temperature was added sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 50 mg, 1.25 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated at 55° C. for 1 h to form the alkoxide. To the alkoxide was slowly added 4-chlorobenzotrifluoride (121, 76 mg, 0.43 mmol) and the resultant mixture was heated at 90° C. for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was diluted with 1 N NaOH (10 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (3×10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 10:1:0.1 EtOAc/MeOH/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) to afford 122 (52 mg, 49%) as an amorphous solid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.43 (d, J=14.5 Hz, 2H), 7.34-7.24 (m, 5H), 6.90 (d, J=14.5 Hz, 2H), 5.43 (dd, J=16.5, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.26-2.17 (m, 1H), 1.79 (dd, J=25.0, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 1.24 (s, 6H), 1.21 (s, 6H).
- Preparation of (R)-2-[4-(4-Chlorobenzoyl)phenoxy]-2-methyl-N-{2-methyl-4-phenyl-4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]butan-2-yl}propanamide (9): To a suspension of 105 (78 mg, 0.24 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) was added EDC.HCl (46 mg, 0.24 mmol), HOBT (36 mg, 0.27 mmol), 122 (52 mg, 0.16 mmol), and triethylamine (25 mg, 0.25 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (5 mL), washed with water (5 mL) and br sine (10 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 7:1 hexanes/EtOAc) provided 9 (75 mg, 75%) as an amorphous solid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.71-7.66 (m, 4H), 7.47-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.22 (m, 5H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 6.89-6.79 (m, 4H), 5.31 (dd, J=9.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 2.27 (dd, J=15.3, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 2.15 (dd, J=15.2, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 1.60 (s, 3H), 1.52 (s, 3H), 1.51 (s, 3H), 1.48 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 194.1, 173.4, 159.4, 159.4, 158.6, 141.0, 136.1, 131.8, 131.4, 131.2, 129.0, 128.6, 128.0, 126.9, 126.8, 126.8, 126.7, 126.0, 125.4, 123.5, 123.0, 119.3, 115.8, 82.1, 77.7, 53.3, 49.9, 27.9, 25.9, 25.8, 24.7; ESI m/z 646 [M+Na]+.
- Preparation of (S,Z)-1-Phenyl-3-(1-phenylethylamino)but-2-en-1-one (125): To a solution of 1-phenyl-1,3,-butanedione (123, 4.14 g, 25.6 mmol) and (5)-α-methylbenzylamine (124, 3.56 g, 29.4 mmol) in benzene (80 mL) at room temperature was added a catalytic amount of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (110 mg), and the reaction mixture was heated at 115° C. for 4 d with azeotropic removal of water. The reaction was quenched with 1 N NaOH (40 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 10:1 hexanes/EtOAc) to afford 125 (6.78 g, 99%) as a colorless oil: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.90-7.87 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.21 (m, 8H), 5.70 (s, 1H), 4.77-4.72 (m, 1H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.61 (d, J=11.5 Hz, 3H).
- Preparation of (1R,3R)-1-Phenyl-3-(S)-1-(phenylethylamino)butan-1-ol (126/127): To a solution of 125 (6.66 g, 25 mmol) in acetic acid (60 mL) was slowly added sodium borohydride (3.6 g, 90 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction was stirred at 0-20° C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture was made basic (pH 7) by adding aqueous NaOH (30%) to adjust to pH>7 and then extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 10:1 hexanes/2-propanol) to afford 126/127 (3.74 g, 56%) as a 7:2 diastereomeric mixture: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.68-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.19 (m, 8H), 4.90 (dd, J=10.3, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 4.24-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.23 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.74 (m, 1H), 1.56-1.46 (m, 3H), 1.12 (d, J=11.5 Hz, 3H).
- Preparation of (1R,3R)-3-Amino-1-phenylbutan-1-ol (128)/(1S,3S)-3-amino-1-phenylbutan-1-ol (129): A mixture of 126/127 (1.47 g, 3.72 mmol, 7:2 ratio of diastereomers) and 20% palladium(II) hydroxide on carbon (1.05 g) in methanol (20 mL) was subjected to hydrogenation conditions (70 psi) at room temperature for 48 h. The catalyst was filtered off through a plug of diatomaceous earth and the plug was washed with 1:2 MeOH/CHCl3. The solvent was evaporated to give a crude yellow oil which was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 100:1:0.01 EtOAc/MeOH/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) to give 128/129 (46 mg, 93%) as a 7:2 diastereomeric mixture: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.34-7.21 (m, 5H), 4.90 (dd, J=10.3, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 3.22-3.15 (m, 2H), 3.03 (br s, 2H), 1.78-1.71 (m, 1H), 1.54-1.42 (m, 2H), 1.16 (d, J=10:5 Hz, 3H).
- Preparation of (2R,4R)-4-Phenyl-4-[4-trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]butan-2-amine (130)/(2S,4S)-4-Phenyl-4-[4-trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]butan-2-amine (131): To a solution of 128/129 (0.54 g, 3.27 mmol, 7:2 ratio of diastereomers) in anhydrous DMSO (20 mL) at 0° C. was added sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 0.22 g, 5.55 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated at 55° C. for 30 min to form the alkoxide. To the alkoxide was slowly added 4-chlorobenzotrifluoride (121, 1.02 g, 5.52 mmol) and the resultant mixture was heated at 90° C. for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was diluted with 1 N NaOH (20 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (3×15 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was passed through a plug of silica gel eluting with 100:1:1 EtOAc/MeOH/Et3N. Crude 130/131 (568 mg, 56%, 7:2 ratio of diastereomers) was isolated as an oily solid and was used directly in next coupling step without further purification.
- Preparation of 2-[4-(4-Chlorobenzoyl)phenoxy]-2-methyl-N-[(2R,4R) and (2R,4S)-4-phenyl-4-(4-trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]butan-2-yl)propanamide (10a/10b): To a solution of 130/131 (568 mg, 1.84 mmol, 7:2 ratio of diastereomers) and 114 (680 mg (90%), 1.39 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added 4-dimethylaminopyridine (95 mg, 0.78 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with 2 N NaOH (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 6:1 hexanes/EtOAc) to afford 10a/10b (589 mg, 63%, 7:2 ratio of diastereomers) as an amorphous solid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.74-7.66 (m, 4H), 7.45-7.36 (m, 4H), 7.31-7.22 (m, 5H), 6.95-6.92 (m, 2H), 6.82 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.53 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 5.17 (dd, J=8.0, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 4.32-4.21 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.23 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.86 (m, 1H), 1.59 (s, 3H), 1.53 (s, 3H), 1.18 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 171.5, 158.0, 156.5, 138.6, 136.8, 134.1, 129.9, 129.8, 129.3, 127.1, 126.7, 126.2, 124.8, 123.9, 120.9, 117.7, 113.8, 80.0, 76.1, 43.6, 23.7, 22.8, 18.9; ESI MS m/z 632 [M+Na]+.
- Preparation of (R)-[4-(4-Chlorobenzoyl)phenoxy]-N,2-dimethyl-N-[3-phenyl-3-(4-trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]propanamide (11): To a suspension of 105 (126 mg, 0.397 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added EDC.HCl (83 mg, 0.433 mmol), HOBT (59 mg, 0.433 mmol), (R)-fluoxetine (132, 125 mg, 0.361 mmol), and triethylamine (44 mg, 0.433 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (20 mL), washed with water (20 mL) and br sine (20 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 7:3 hexanes/EtOAc) provided 11 (160 mg, 66%) as a white amorphous solid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.72-7.65 (m, 4H), 7.44-7.38 (m, 4H), 7.34-7.25 (m, 4H), 6.91-6.81 (m, 4H), 5.15-5.11 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.08-2.91 (m, 3H), 2.34-2.09 (m. 2H), 1.68-1.65 (m, 6H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 170.3, 157.4, 138.4, 136.5, 134.3, 130.3, 129.2, 128.4, 127.09, 126.9, 126.6, 126.1, 124.9, 124.8, 123.7, 123.5, 114.4, 113.7, 79.5, 76.4, 45.6, 34.0, 33.6, 23.8, 23.7; ESI m/z 632 [M+MeOH]+.
- The pharmacokinetics of
compounds 4a, 6a, and 12 was evaluated in male Sprague-Dawley rats (n=3) following single intravenous (i.v., 1 mg/kg) or oral (p.o., 20 mg/kg) doses. Table 2 summarizes the dosing parameters and resulting pharmacokinetic measurements. -
TABLE 2 Compound 4a Compound 6a Compound 12 Mean Dosed 0.497 0.496 0.489 Volume (i.v., mL) t1/2 (i.v., hr) 0.6 1.4 1.7 Mean Dosed 1.267 1.25 1.25 Volume (p.o., mL) t1/2 (p.o., hr) 1.0 2.1 1.4 Oral Bioavailability 5.1 14.8 6.5 - A FLIPR assay was conducted to monitor agonist and antagonist selectivity for compounds of the invention against the CBI and GLP-1 receptors. Percentage activation and percentage inhibition values were determined for each compound on each of the GPCRs listed above. Agonist selectivity was determined upon initial addition of compounds followed by 10 minute incubation at 25° C. Following compound incubation, reference agonists were added at EC80 to determine percentage inhibition.
- Agonist percentage activation determinations were obtained by assaying sample compounds and referencing the Emax control for each of the GPCRs profiled. Antagonist percentage inhibition determinations were obtained by assaying sample compounds and referencing the control EC80 wells for each of the GPCRs profiled. The protocol design is as follows:
- Unless specified otherwise, all sample compounds were diluted in 100% anhydrous DMSO including all serial dilutions. Occasionally sample compounds were provided in a different solvent, in this case all master stock dilutions were performed in the specified diluent. All control wells contained identical solvent final concentrations as sample compound wells.
- Sample compounds were transferred from a master stock solution into a daughter plate that was used in the assay. Each sample compound was diluted into assay buffer (1×HBSS with 20 mM HEPES) at an appropriate concentration to obtain final concentrations.
- All sample compounds were plated at 1 μM in duplicate for assaying against all GPCRs. Reference agonists were handled as mentioned above serving as assay control. These reference agonists were handled as described above for both EMax and EC80 control wells. Assay was read for 90 seconds using the FLIPRTETRA. (This assay run added sample compounds and reference agonist to respective rows.) At the completion of the first “Single Addition” assay run, assay plate was removed from the FLIPRTetra and placed at 25° C. for 10 minutes.
- Using the EC50 values determined previously, stimulated all pre-incubated sample compound and reference antagonist (if applicable) wells with EC80 of reference agonist. Read for 90 seconds using the FLIPRTETRA. (This assay added reference agonist to respective wells—then fluorescence measurements were collected to calculate percentage inhibition.)
- All plates were subjected to appropriate baseline corrections. Once baseline corrections were processed, maximum fluorescence values were exported and data manipulated to calculate percentage activation, percentage inhibition, Z′, EC50, and IC50. Percentage activation data was calculated using Emax as 100% control. Percentage inhibition was calculated using EC80 as 0% inhibition.
- The QC criterium for percent effect validation was that duplicates must be <30% divergent. If this QC condition failed, that concentration was removed from curve fitting. If two or more concentrations with the dose response failed, the entire compound curve for that compound was repeated on a different assay plate.
- The QC criterium for Z′ Statistic was that it must be >0.5. If this QC condition failed, all data collected from that particular GPCR was repeated.
- The QC criterium for Signal-to-Noise (S/N) was that it must be >5. If this QC condition failed, all data collected from that particular GPCR was repeated.
- The QC criterium for R2 was that it must be >0.90. If this QC condition failed, all data collected from that particular GPCR was repeated.
- The QC criterium for EC50 Value for reference agonist(s) was that it must be within 5-fold of historic EC50 value. If this QC condition failed, all data collected from that particular GPCR was repeated.
- The QC criterium for IC50 Value for reference antagonist(s) was that it must be within 10-fold of historic EC50 value. If this QCcondition failed, all data collected from that particular GPCR was repeated.
- Table 3 shows the results of these binding assays for several compounds of the invention.
-
TABLE 3 % Inhibition % Inhibition % Activation % Activation Antagonist Antagonist Compound Agonist CB1 Agonist GLP-1 CB1 GLP-1 16 6.9 21.3 17 8.6 9.4 19 0.5 6.5 23 7.8 11.9 18 6.2 20.6 20 1.9 7.5 14.5 −14.4 4a 3.2 39.9 7.7 −21.8 7a −0.5 4.2 46.9 0 12 4.1 44.6 3.2 −14.9 14 1.2 −2.4 56.6 17.2 15 0 −0.2 34.4 −5.1 5a 0.3 0.4 48.7 −6.3 13 0.9 0.8 37.7 −15.4 6a 4.2 38.6 77.9 −7.2 24 1.6 5.9 4.6 −1.6 12a 3.6 7.6 52.2 4.5 12b 8.3 24.5 1.6 5.9 27a −1.8 −0.2 15.1 10.6 27b −1.4 1.2 53.0 11.8 27c 0.4 0.9 19.0 8.9 27d 12.2 21.8 36.2 0.9 28a 0.2 3.4 27.3 17.0 28b −1.5 1.5 68.8 −3.8 28c −1.6 5.7 17.8 14.0 28d 2.6 9.8 34.7 10.0 29a −1.0 6.7 98.4 −4.5 29b −0.2 6.2 31.2 0.0 25a 0.8 −2.7 79.9 5.7 25b 0.2 −3.3 15.2 6.9 26a −1.7 −3.5 75.6 4.7 26b −2.0 −3.5 37.1 −1.7 30a 1.0 −3.7 84.6 7.5 30b −0.8 −3.4 48.3 9.7 32a 4.5 2.9 90.7 0.8 32b 2.1 −1.8 23.0 −0.8 33a −0.3 0.9 90.7 11.4 33b 0.5 17.6 45.8 ~0 33c −0.9 0.8 80.1 0.2 33d 1.4 0.6 82.8 11.4 33e 1.7 0.4 0.8 9.4 33f −0.5 −3.5 34.0 11.5 34a −2.9 −0.8 99.0 −1.0 34b −1.9 0.2 76.4 1.6 35a −1.0 −0.9 80.5 7.7 35b 1.1 3.8 38.9 0.3 36a −1.2 4.4 59.9 11.0 36b −1.1 0.5 15.5 5.5 37 −0.9 −0.3 −16.3 2.0 38a 98.5 −20.2 -
Compounds - Serum glucose and insulin levels were determined by Enzymatic Method (Mutaratase-GOD) and ELISA (mouse insulin assay kit) from orbital sinus blood samples obtained before (pretreatment) and 90 minutes after the last vehicle and/or test substance administration (postreatment) and percent change was determined.
- Exenatide, a GLP-1 incretin mimetic currently approved for the treatment of type 2 diabetes, is known to increase insulin levels, decrease glucose levels, and decrease body weight. Such a profile is considered beneficial for the treatment of diabetes.
-
FIG. 1 shows the percentage increase in insulin levels after oral administration of test compounds at 100 and 200 mg/kg and metformin at 300 mg/kg. While metformin does not show an increase in insulin levels in this model,compounds Compound 12b shows a significant increase when dosed at 100 mg/kg as well. -
FIG. 2 shows the percentage decrease in glucose levels after oral administration of test compounds at 100 and 200 mg/kg and metformin at 300 mg/kg.Compounds -
FIG. 3 shows the percentage decrease in weight after oral administration of test compounds at 200 mg/kg and metformin at 300 mg/kg.Compounds - All publications and patents mentioned herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety as if each individual publication or patent was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference. In case of conflict, the present application, including any definitions herein, will control.
- While specific embodiments of the subject invention have been discussed, the above specification is illustrative and not restrictive. Many variations of the invention will become apparent to those skilled in the art upon review of this specification and the claims below. The full scope of the invention should be determined by reference to the claims, along with their full scope of equivalents, and the specification, along with such variations.
Claims (25)
1. A compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
wherein:
X represents H, methyl, or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
Y represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
n represents an integer from 0 to 4;
z represents an integer from 0 to 4;
R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
R3 independently for each occurrence, represents a substituent;
R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
R43 and R44 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R43 and R44 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
wherein the compound is optionally characterized by one or more of the following:
X represents an optionally substituted phenyl or thiophene;
X is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
Y represents and optionally substituted phenyl or naphthyl ring system;
Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
R5, R6, R8, and R9 are hydrogen, and R7 is halogen;
R7 is chloro;
R3 independently for each occurrence represents optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
R1 represents hydrogen;
R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen;
R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is lower alkyl;
n is 0; and
R43 and R44 each represent hydrogen an optionally substituted lower alkyl.
2-14. (canceled)
15. A compound of claim 1 , wherein the compound is a compound of formula Ia or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
wherein:
n represents an integer from 0 to 4;
m represents an integer from 0 to 5;
R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
R3 and R4, independently for each occurrence, represent a substituent;
R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
R43 and R44 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R43 and R44 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
wherein the compound is optionally characterized by one or more of the following:
R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
R5, R6, R8, R9, R10, R11, R13, and R14 are hydrogen, R7 is halogen, and R12 is optionally substituted lower alkyl;
R7 is chloro and R12 is trifluoromethyl;
R3 and R4 each independently for each occurrence represent optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
R1 represents hydrogen;
R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen;
R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is lower alkyl;
m is 0;
n is 0;
R43 and R44 each represent hydrogen an optionally substituted lower alkyl; and
the compound has the structure 1,
16-27. (canceled)
28. A compound of formula II or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
wherein:
X represents H, methyl, or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
Y represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
W represents
z represents an integer from 0 to 4;
R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R51, R52, R53, R54, R55, R56, and R57 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
R45 and R46 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R45 and R46 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
wherein the compound is optionally characterized by one or more of the following:
X represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
X represents an optionally substituted phenyl or thiophene;
X is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
Y represents an optionally substituted phenyl or naphthyl ring system;
Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R51, R52, R53, R54, R55, R56, and R57 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted aminoalkyl, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclylalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, cyano, or nitro;
R15, R16, R18, and R19 are hydrogen, and R17 is optionally substituted lower alkyl;
R17 is isobutyl;
R1 represents hydrogen;
R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen;
R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is lower alkyl; and
R45 is hydrogen and R46 is an optionally substituted lower alkyl.
29-40. (canceled)
41. A compound of claim 28 , wherein the compound is a compound of formula IIa or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
wherein:
W represents
m represents an integer from 0 to 5;
R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
R4, independently for each occurrence, represents a substituent;
R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R51, R52, R53, R54, R55, R56, and R57 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
R45 and R46 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R45 and R46 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
wherein the compound is optionally characterized by one or more of the following:
R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R51, R52, R53, R54, R55, R56, and R57 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted aminoalkyl, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, optionally substituted carbocyclylalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclylalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, cyano, or nitro;
R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted aminoalkyl, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclylalkyl, cyano, or nitro;
R10, R11, R13, R14, R15, R16, R18, and R19 are hydrogen, and R12 and R17 are each optionally substituted lower alkyl;
R17 is isobutyl and R12 is trifluoromethyl;
R4 independently for each occurrence represents optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
R1 represents hydrogen;
R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen;
R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is lower alkyl;
m is 0;
R45 is hydrogen and R46 is an optionally substituted lower alkyl; and
the compound has the structure 4,
42-53. (canceled)
54. A compound of formula III or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
wherein:
X represents H or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
Y represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
o represents an integer from 0 to 5;
p represents an integer from 0 to 2;
z represents an integer from 0 to 4;
R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system; and
R20 and R21 each independently for each occurrence represent a substituent;
wherein the compound is optionally characterized by one or more of the following:
X represents an optionally substituted phenyl or thiophene;
X is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
Y represents an optionally substituted phenyl or naphthyl ring system;
Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
R20 and R21 each independently represent optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
o is 0;
p is 0;
R1 represents hydrogen;
R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen; and
R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is lower alkyl.
55-64. (canceled)
65. A compound of claim 54 , wherein the compound is a compound of formula IIIa or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
wherein:
m represents an integer from 0 to 5;
o represents an integer from 0 to 5;
p represents an integer from 0 to 2;
R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
R4, R20, and R21, each independently for each occurrence, represents a substituent; and
R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent;
wherein the compound is optionally characterized by one or more of the following:
R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro.
R10, R11, R13, and R14 are hydrogen, and R12 is optionally substituted lower alkyl.
R12 is trifluoromethyl;
R4, R20, and R21 each independently for each occurrence represents optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
R1 represents hydrogen;
R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen;
R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is lower alkyl;
m is 0;
o is 0;
p is 0; and
the compound has the structure 5,
66-77. (canceled)
78. A compound of formula IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
wherein:
X represents H or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
Y represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
r represents an integer from 0 to 5;
q represents an integer from 0 to 4;
z represents an integer from 0 to 4;
R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
R22 and R23 each independently for each occurrence represent a substituent; and
R47 and R48 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R47 and R48 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
wherein the compound is optionally characterized by one or more of the following:
X represents an optionally substituted phenyl or thiophene;
X is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
Y represents an optionally substituted phenyl or naphthyl ring system;
Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
R22 and R23 each independently represent optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
q is 0;
r is 0;
R1 represents hydrogen;
R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen;
R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is lower alkyl; and
R47 is hydrogen and R48 is an optionally substituted lower alkyl.
79-89. (canceled)
90. A compound of claim 78 , wherein the compound is a compound of formula IVa or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
wherein:
m represents an integer from 0 to 5;
r represents an integer from 0 to 5;
q represents an integer from 0 to 4;
R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
R4, R22, and R23, each independently for each occurrence, represents a substituent;
R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
R47 and R48 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R47 and R48 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
wherein the compound is optionally characterized by one or more of the following:
R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
R10, R11, R13, and R14 are hydrogen, and R12 is optionally substituted lower alkyl;
R12 is trifluoromethyl;
R4, R22, and R23 each independently for each occurrence represents optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
R1 represents hydrogen;
R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen;
R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is lower alkyl;
m is 0;
q is 0;
r is 0;
R47 is hydrogen and R48 is an optionally substituted lower alkyl; and
the compound has the structure 6,
91-103. (canceled)
104. A compound of formula V or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
wherein:
X represents H or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
Y represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
z represents an integer from 0 to 4;
R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
R24, R25, R26, R27, R28, R29, R30, R31, and R32 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
R49 and R50 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R49 and R50 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
wherein the compound is optionally characterized by one or more of the following:
when z is 1, X represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
X represents an optionally substituted phenyl or thiophene;
X is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
Y represents an optionally substituted phenyl or naphthyl ring system;
Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
R24, R25, R26, R27, R28, R29, R30, R31, and R32 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
R24, R26, R27, R28, R29, R31, and R32 each independently represent hydrogen, R25 represents optionally substituted alkoxyl, and R30 represents halogen;
R25 represents methoxy, and R30 represents chloro;
R1 represents hydrogen;
R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen;
R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is lower alkyl; and
R49 and R50 each represent hydrogen.
105-116. (canceled)
117. A compound of claim 104 , wherein the compound is a compound of formula Va or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
wherein:
m represents an integer from 0 to 5;
R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
R4, independently for each occurrence, represents a substituent;
R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R24, R25, R26, R27, R28, R29, R30, R31, and R32 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
R49 and R50 each independently represent hydrogen or an optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R49 and R50 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
wherein the compound is optionally characterized by one or more of the following:
R24, R25, R26, R27, R28, R29, R30, R31, and R32 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
R24, R26, R27, R28, R29, R31, and R32 each independently represent hydrogen, R25 represents optionally substituted alkoxyl, and R30 represents halogen;
R25 represents methoxy, and R30 represents chloro;
R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
R10, R11, R13, and R14 are hydrogen, and R12 is optionally substituted lower alkyl;
R12 is trifluoromethyl;
R4, independently for each occurrence, represents optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
R1 represents hydrogen;
R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen;
R2 is hydrogen and R2′ is lower alkyl;
m is 0;
R49 and R50 each represent hydrogen; and
the compound has the structure 7,
118-131. (canceled)
132. A compound of formula VI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate of the compound or its salt:
wherein:
X represents H, methyl, or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
Y represents an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring system;
z represents an integer from 0 to 4;
R1 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl;
R2 and R2′ each independently represent hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R2′ taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a four- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
R33, R34, R34, R35, R36, and R37 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent; and
R38 and R39 each independently represent hydrogen or a substituent, or R38 and R39 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a three- to six-membered cyclic ring system;
wherein the compound is optionally characterized by one or more of the following:
X represents an optionally substituted phenyl or thiophene;
X is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
Y represents an optionally substituted phenyl or naphthyl ring system;
Y is optionally substituted with optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
R33, R34, R35, R36, and R37 each independently represent hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, optionally substituted ester, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted thioester, optionally substituted thioacyl, optionally substituted thioether, optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted amido, optionally substituted acylamino, cyano, or nitro;
R33, R34, R36, and R37 are hydrogen, and R35 is optionally substituted lower alkyl;
R1 represents hydrogen;
R2 and R2′ are each hydrogen;
R38 and R39 each independently represent hydrogen, halo, optionally substituted lower alkyl, or optionally substituted piperidine;
R38 represents hydrogen and R39 represents
wherein
R40 represents hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, or optionally substituted amino, such as N-methyl-N-benzylamino; and
R41 represents hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, such as (4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)methyl;
R38 represents hydrogen and R39 represents
133-144. (canceled)
145. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound of any of claims 1 , 15 , 28 , 41 , 54 , 65 , 78 , 90 , 104 , 117 , or 132.
146. A method of treating depression, obesity, metabolic syndrome, or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome in a mammal, comprising administering to a mammal suffering from depression, obesity, metabolic syndrome, or a disorder associated with metabolic syndrome, a compound of any of claims 1 , 15 , 28 , 41 , 54 , 65 , 78 , 90 , 104 , 117 , or 132;
wherein the method is optionally characterized by one or more of the following:
wherein the disorder associated with metabolic syndrome is selected from obesity, diabetes, hypertension, or hyperlipidemia;
wherein the disorder associated with metabolic syndrome is diabetes; and
wherein said mammal is a human.
147-150. (canceled)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US12/745,339 US20100292289A1 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2008-11-26 | Treatment of metabolic syndrome with novel amides |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US504307P | 2007-11-30 | 2007-11-30 | |
US7050308P | 2008-03-24 | 2008-03-24 | |
US12420408P | 2008-04-15 | 2008-04-15 | |
PCT/US2008/013168 WO2009073138A2 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2008-11-26 | Treatment of metabolic syndrome with novel amides |
US12/745,339 US20100292289A1 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2008-11-26 | Treatment of metabolic syndrome with novel amides |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20100292289A1 true US20100292289A1 (en) | 2010-11-18 |
Family
ID=40445608
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/745,339 Abandoned US20100292289A1 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2008-11-26 | Treatment of metabolic syndrome with novel amides |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US20100292289A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2009073138A2 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN114213254A (en) * | 2022-01-10 | 2022-03-22 | 北京师范大学 | Beta-nitroketone, and preparation method and application method thereof |
Families Citing this family (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2011103128A1 (en) * | 2010-02-17 | 2011-08-25 | Ampla Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Treatment of metabolic syndrome with novel amines |
CN104628554A (en) * | 2015-02-09 | 2015-05-20 | 徐州工程学院 | Fenofibric acid crystal form and preparation method thereof |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5475034A (en) * | 1994-06-06 | 1995-12-12 | Alcon Laboratories, Inc. | Topically administrable compositions containing 3-benzoylphenylacetic acid derivatives for treatment of ophthalmic inflammatory disorders |
US5973201A (en) * | 1995-12-12 | 1999-10-26 | Korea Research Institute Of Chemical Technology | Phenylacetamide derivatives |
US20050176733A1 (en) * | 2004-01-20 | 2005-08-11 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Chk-1 inhibitors |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6066671A (en) * | 1997-12-19 | 2000-05-23 | Alcon Laboratories, Inc. | Treatment of GLC1A glaucoma with 3-benzoyl-phenylacetic acids, esters, or amides |
AR030345A1 (en) * | 2000-08-14 | 2003-08-20 | Alcon Inc | METHOD OF TREATMENT OF DISORDERS RELATED TO ANGIOGENESIS |
-
2008
- 2008-11-26 US US12/745,339 patent/US20100292289A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2008-11-26 WO PCT/US2008/013168 patent/WO2009073138A2/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5475034A (en) * | 1994-06-06 | 1995-12-12 | Alcon Laboratories, Inc. | Topically administrable compositions containing 3-benzoylphenylacetic acid derivatives for treatment of ophthalmic inflammatory disorders |
US5973201A (en) * | 1995-12-12 | 1999-10-26 | Korea Research Institute Of Chemical Technology | Phenylacetamide derivatives |
US20050176733A1 (en) * | 2004-01-20 | 2005-08-11 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Chk-1 inhibitors |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN114213254A (en) * | 2022-01-10 | 2022-03-22 | 北京师范大学 | Beta-nitroketone, and preparation method and application method thereof |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2009073138A3 (en) | 2009-12-10 |
WO2009073138A2 (en) | 2009-06-11 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US7084176B2 (en) | N-arylphenylacetamide derivatives and medicinal compositions containing the same | |
US10144709B2 (en) | Piperidine compounds, pharmaceutical composition comprising the same and its use | |
US20070078172A1 (en) | Mao-b inhibitors useful for treating obesity | |
US9765020B2 (en) | Dichlorophenyl-imino compounds and compositions, and methods for the treatment of mucositis | |
US20080027087A1 (en) | CB1 antagonists and inverse agonists | |
US9096494B2 (en) | Arachidonic acid analogs and methods for analgesic treatment using same | |
US20070225351A1 (en) | Methods and compositions for controlling body weight and appetite | |
JP4515446B2 (en) | Use of (1S, 2R) enantiomers of milnacipran for the manufacture of drugs | |
US10280158B2 (en) | Immune adjustment compound, use thereof and pharmaceutical composition comprising same | |
US20180303821A1 (en) | Membrane active molecules | |
KR20060010717A (en) | Novel Arylpiperazinyl Compounds | |
JPH10182551A (en) | Substituted benzoic acid derivatives, their production and use of the compounds on therapy of disease | |
US20060276452A1 (en) | Use of azetidinecarboxamide derivatives in therapy | |
US20240261419A1 (en) | Psilocybin and psilocin conjugates for treatment of mental illnesses | |
EP4606798A1 (en) | Benzoisothiazole compound, and pharmaceutical composition and use thereof | |
EP4592287A1 (en) | 2h-benzotriazole derivative, preparation method therefor, and pharmaceutical composition containing same | |
US20100292289A1 (en) | Treatment of metabolic syndrome with novel amides | |
JP5571072B2 (en) | How to treat alpha-adrenergic mediated symptoms | |
JP5252585B2 (en) | Compounds for the treatment of metabolic disorders | |
CN101925581A (en) | Novel imidazolinylmethylarylsulfonamides | |
WO2009017755A2 (en) | Cb1 antagonists and inverse agonists | |
KR20100015923A (en) | Methods and compositions for treating sleep-related breathing disorders | |
WO2011058943A1 (en) | Pharmaceutical composition formed from combining compound having mch r1 antagonist activity and compound having npy y5 antagonist activity | |
US20090239909A1 (en) | Treatment of metabolic syndrome with lactams | |
WO2010098298A1 (en) | Pharmaceutical composition comprising combination of compound having nutrient digestion/absorption inhibitory activity and cyclohexanecarboxamide derivative |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: AMPLA PHARMACEUTICALS INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:HAUSKE, JAMES R.;REEL/FRAME:025360/0474 Effective date: 20101111 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |